Home

2308-900-01 (A - Jul 2008)(User)

1. Service RQS Request STB OSB B6 ESB MAV QSB EAV MSB Status Byte Generation Serial Poll B7 MSS B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO Register TI OR a P SRE OSB ESB MAV QSB EAV MSB Service Request SRE B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO Enable Register Decimal 128 _ 32 16 8 4 _ 1 Weights 27 25 24 2 2 2 OSB Operation Summary Bit MSS Master Summary Status RQS Request for Service ESB Event Summary Bit MAV Message Available QSB Questionable Summary Bit EAV Error Available MSB Measurement Summary Bit amp Logical AND OR Logical OR Status byte register The summary messages from the status registers and queues are used to set or clear the appropriate bits BO B2 B3 B4 B5 and B7 of the status byte register These summary bits do not latch and their states 0 or 1 are solely dependent on the summary messages 0 or 1 For example if the standard event register is read its register will clear As a result its summary message will reset to 0 which in turn will reset the ESB bit in the status byte register The bits of the status byte register are described as follows Bit BO measurement status MSB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled measurement event has occurred Bi
2. 13 9 Step 4 Enter calibration dates and save calibration 13 10 Romote e r ier MEER 13 11 Remote calibration GIS HA oci cecinere dEr 13 11 Remote calibration procedure esse ee ee ee Ee ER Ee AA Ee ee ee 13 11 Step 1 Prepare the Model 2308 for calibration 13 11 Step 2 Perform battery channel calibration steps 13 12 Step 3 Perform charger channel calibration steps 13 13 Step 4 Program calibration date eee 13 14 Step 5 Save calibration constants and lock out calibration 13 14 Changing the calibration code 13 15 Changing the code from the front Done 13 16 Changing the code by remote ee ee ee ee ee AA Re de ee 13 16 Resetting the calibration code ee ee RA Ee AA Ee ee ee 13 16 Viewing calibration date and count sss 13 17 Viewing date and count from the front panel 13 17 Acquiring date and count by remote 13 17 Topic Page Error and Status Messages iese es sek sees Bek RR ek ee ede ten Re ed se Ke A 1 Error and status message definitions eeeeeesseeeeeeess A 2 Calibration Reference sse B 1 n isole EDT B 2 Command summary ese ee ee ee ee RA ee ee Ge RA ee nne B 2 Miscellaneous commands ite detinet OR DE deeg B 2 Detecting calibration errors ee ee ee AR ee AR ee ee
3. KEITHLEY el O GO OO Ga A Lee ae 3 Grorejreca ETER MATE l Input LO Use OUTPUT 1 connections shown and used for 5 A 500 mA and 50 mA Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel 5 A only 2001 MULTIMETER S 4 Q Resistor Ts A RANGE s E Gai Gao Gage re vi e 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Model 2001 DMM KEITHLEY MEN CAUTION ron CONTINUEL D PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING Model 2308 At this point the unit will prompt for 5 A Channel 1 full scale calibration output CAL 5 A CHAN 1 SET 1 90000 A Using the edit keys adjust the set value to 1 9000 A then press ENTER The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which calibrates the 5 A current limit for Channel 1 CAL 5 A CHAN 1 READ1 1 90000 A Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and the actual 4Q resistance value V R Adjust the Model 2308 current display value to agree with the calculated current value and press ENTER The Model 2308 will prompt for another DMM reading which is used for 5 A measurement calibration of Channel 1 CAL 5 A CHAN 1 READ2 1 90000 A Again calculate the current from the new DMM reading and 4 Q resistor value Adjust the Model 2308 current display reading
4. eene 5 4 Figure 6 1 IEEE 488 COHIBERE iie reine tenebre itae echec edite een 6 2 Figure B Daisy RR RE OR AE N OE EE TNES 6 3 Figure 7 1 Status model SUIER De EERS tte EE 7 3 Figure 7 2 Status ET 7 6 Figure 7 3 Standard event Sluk hte tr diets 7 9 Figure 7 4 Operation event status cece ee ee ee ee Se Ke ee ee Ge ee ee ee nn 7 10 Figure 7 5 Measurement event status iese ese se ee ee Ge ee Re Ek Ge ee ee ee 7 11 Figure 7 6 Questionable event status esse ee se ee AA Ge ee ee Ge ee ee ke ee 7 12 Figure 10 1 IEEE 754 single precision data format 10 5 Figure 10 2 IEEE 754 double precision data format 10 6 Figure 12 1 Connections for voltage verification tests 12 6 List of Figures Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section Figure Title Page 12 Figure 12 2 Connections for output current and 5 A range current p ee s x 12 8 12 Figure 12 3 Battery channel connections for 500 mA current Ke EE 12 11 12 Figure 12 4 Battery channel connections for 50 mA current ie lo ERE 12 12 12 Figure 12 5 Connections for 5 mA current verification tests 12 14 12 Figure 12 6 Charger channel connections for DVM accuracy verification 12 15 13 Figure 13 1 Battery channel connections for voltage calibration 13 6 13 Figure 13 2 Connections for 5 A 50
5. 13 8 EE 6 2 Index Relay control uses EE EE EES 5 3 REsiStOF uisi Eege 12 3 Voltage calibration Contact information Controlling relays ssssss 5 4 Current range ssss 2 16 4 6 Current limit modes 2 8 Current range menu structure 1 13 Selecting proper current range 2 8 Daisy chalining sk BESMEER de Id 6 3 Daisy ehaitii ala deed see veeg de Ee 6 2 DCL device clear sssss 6 6 Default settings ricis 1 11 Determining correct trigger level long integration 4 9 Device clear enne rnnt 6 6 Digital voltmeter 2 ioter ttti to DERDE DER ie 1 5 Display command summary 11 3 Display modes m Display samples sessss 1 10 DISPlay subsystem 10 2 KA MES leie 1 8 input display mode 2 18 measurements eeeeeeenne 2 21 Editing Restrictions ee ee 2 11 bor sissies A 2 10 Jig A 2 Error and status message definitions Error and status messages 6 7 Engelen UE 7 15 Event enable registers 1 13 Event registers 7 12 External source relay control 5 3 FAST SEARch and DETect command reference Long Integration 4 13 Pulse Current eerte 3 16 FORMat sse
6. Be sure to include your name and phone number on this service form 12 06 Specifications are subject to change without notice All Keithley trademarks and trade names are the property of Keithley Instruments Inc All other trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective companies KEITHLEY A GIR E AT ER MEASURE OF C Q N F 1 D ENE E Keithley Instruments Inc Corporate Headquarters 28775 Aurora Road Cleveland Ohio 44139 440 248 0400 Fax 440 248 6168 1 888 KEITHLEY www keithley com 12 06
7. Use any combination of letters and numbers up to a maximum of eight characters Resetting the calibration code If you forget the calibration code you can reset the code by sending the following bus command CALibration PROTected CODE RESET This command will change and save the password to the default setting of KI002308 The following message appears briefly on the front panel while this command is being processed SAVED NEW CALIBRATION CODE Once the command is processed you may unlock calibration using KI002308 as the code If you want to change this code then see Changing the calibration code 13 16 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 13 Calibration Viewing calibration date and count Viewing date and count from the front panel Follow the steps below to view the calibration date and count from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key then choose CALIBRATE UNIT and press ENTER The instrument will display the last date calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT LAST ON 07 01 2008 2 Press the A key The instrument will display the number of times it was calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT TIMES 1 3 Press MENU to return to the menu structure Acquiring date and count by remote Use the CAL PROT DATE and CAL PROT COUN queries to determine the calibration date and count respectively see Miscel
8. Channel 1 Channel 2 Program Vchan2 gt VChan1 to force Channel 1 to sink current NOTE For Channel 1 to simulate a discharged battery by sinking current and for Channel 2 to simulate a charger program the Channel 2 voltage to be greater than the Channel 1 voltage Sink operation allows the power supply to be used as a constant current load To function as a constant current load the power supply must be in compliance current limit When operating as a sink the power supply is dissipating power rather than sourcing it Figure 2 6 shows an example of how the power supply can be made to operate as a sink An external source such as a battery charger circuit whose voltage is higher than the programmed power supply voltage is connected as shown If the supply is operated in remote sense and 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 19 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Vcharger gt Vsupply lsinkftcable iS satisfied current lsink flows into the positive terminal of the power supply Current readback is negative CAUTION Exceeding current sink capacity 0 5 V 3A max 5 V 15 V Derate 0 2 A per volt above 5 V could cause damage to the power supply that is not covered by the warranty Figure 2 6 Sink operation Model s Reable Charger output VN R S S sense z Ro V Supply eme sense
9. lowercase L if the output is ON for that channel NOTE With DUAL V AND DISPLAY mode enabled there is no indicator on the front panel about voltage protection or current limit state See Section 2 for more information on voltage protection and current limit PULSE CURRENT This mode is used to display high low or average pulse current measurements see Section 3 for details LONG INTEGRATION This mode is used to display average current measurements of a pulse or pulses measuring periods between 850 msec to 60 sec 60 Hz line frequency and 840 msec to 60 sec 50 Hz line frequency see Section 4 for details e DVM INPUT charger channel only This mode is used to display the DC voltage applied to the DVM input of the power supply see Section 2 for details Use the SAVE SETUP item of the MENU to save the selected display mode in memory and use the POWER ON SETUP item to specify the power on setup Setups Save Power on and Recall for details The Dual V and display cannot be saved A reset will not change this setting Recalling a setup may change the setting If setup recalling has a channel function set to something other than voltage or current then this setting is disabled otherwise the setting is left unchanged Selecting enabling Dual V and will switch the function to voltage for each channel unless the function is already voltage or current Dual V and will be disabled if you change the display mode on
10. 4 14 5 Tabe SA1 Relay pinoli ER N EE RE ys 5 4 5 Table 5 2 SCPI command output relay Control 5 5 6 Table 6 1 General bus comimanide use cene nici HER ERG GAN GR ced GEN ER N GES 6 5 7 Table 7 1 Common and SCPI commands reset registers and SE DEL ARE AI OE N MEE 7 4 I lr TOME E dk ed qe 7 5 7 Table 7 3 Common and SCPI Commands status byte and service request enable registers sesse ee ee Ge ee ke ee Re ee Ak ee Re AA 7 8 7 Table 7 4 Common and SCPI commands condition registers 7 12 7 Table 7 5 Common and SCPI commands event registers 7 13 7 Table 7 6 Common and SCPI commands event enable registers 7 13 T Table 7 7 SCPI Commands error queue eis AR enn nk nonna annona Ne 7 16 8 Table 8 1 IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries 8 2 8 Table sd OPC and OPC commands ecce ERENS eed UE Ee Ee 8 3 9 Table 9 1 Signal oriented measurement command summary 9 2 9 Table 9 2 Trigger on talk bus commande 9 10 9 Table 9 3 Trigger continuous bus Commande 9 10 9 Table 9 4 Trigger continuous mode programming example 9 11 10 Table 10 1 SCPI commands display ER o nr uer ata Ren 10 2 10 Table 10 2 SCPI commands data format oss etienne KEER GEE Eg GEE 10 4 11 Table 11 1 DISPlay command summary sesse so retro petty nto rint Sont 11 3 11 Table 11 2 FOBMat command Sutter iac correr extre erdt rad
11. VOLTage Path to set output voltage 4 PROTection lt NRf gt Sets VPT offset 0 8V DV PROTection Query setting for VPT offset STATE Query state of VPT no associated command CLAMp p Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF OFF CLAMp Query state of VPT clamp mode LEVel V IMMediate AMPLitude n Specify voltage amplitude in volts 0 15 0 0 V with 1mV resolution Return to Section Topics 11 13 Section 11 SCPI Tables Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 11 5 SOURce command summary refer to Table 2 3 Default Command Description parameter SCPI AMPLitude Queyvolageampitude v CURRent Path to configure current V LIMit Path to configure current limit VALue NRf Specify current limit value in amps 0 006 5 with 0 25 100uA resolution VALue Query current limit TYPE name Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP LIM TYPE Query current limit type STATe Query state of current limit 1 in current limit for LIMit type or output tripped for TRIP type 0 not in LIMIt TRIP STATus command summary Table 11 6 STATus command summary refer to Section 7 Default Command Description parameter SCPI STATus Note 1 V MEASurement Path to control the measurement event registers EVENt Read the event register Note 2
12. CAL PROT INIT 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 13 11 Section 13 Calibration Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Step 2 Perform battery channel calibration steps NOTE Allow the Model 2308 to complete each calibration step before going on to the next one see Detecting calibration step completion When calibrating the Battery channel 1 make sure you connect the source and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned 1 Connect the OUTPUT 1 SOURCE and SENSE terminals to the digital multimeter as shown in Figure 13 1 connect SOURCE and SENSE SOURCE and SENSE 2 Send the following command to output 14 V CAL PROT STEPO 14 NOTE At this point the source output is turned on and will remain on until calibration is completed or aborted with the CAL PROT LOCK command 3 Note and record the DMM reading then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP1 DMM Reading For example if the DMM reading is 14 012 V the command would be CAL PROT STEPI 14 012 4 Note and record a new DMM reading then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP2 DMM Reading 5 Connect the Model 2308 OUTP
13. CURR Select current measurement function READ2 ARR Trigger 4 current measurement conversions and return all 4 conversions The average of the 4 readings is displayed on the front panel DVM measurements The following command sequence demonstrates how to measure voltage applied to the DVM input of the power supply Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 Set active channel charger SENS2 FUNC DVM Select the DVM Input function SENS2 NPLC 3 Set integration rate to 3 PLC SENS2 AVER 8 Set average reading count to 8 READ2 ARR Trigger and return 8 readings The average of the 8 readings is displayed on the front panel 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 21 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Analog output 2 22 There are two analog output terminals a 0 5 5 A output terminal for use when the battery channel is programmed for either the 5 A or the 500 mA range and a 5 50 mA output terminal for use when the battery channel is programmed for either the 50 mA or the 5 mA range Connect to the appropriate analog output terminal and the Source terminal The analog outputs provide a voltage output based on the measured current as follows e 0 5 5 A Output referenced to Source 1 A V each volt out represents 1 A 5 50 mA Output referenced to Source 10 mA V each volt out represents 10 mA Each
14. ENABle NRf Program the enable register Note 3 ENAB1e Read the enable register CONDition Read the condition register OPERation Path to control the operation status registers V EVENt Read the event register Note 2 V ENABle NRf Program the enable register Note 3 V ENAB1e Read the enable register V CONDition Read the condition register A QUEStionable Path to control the questionable status registers 4 Notes 1 Commands in this subsystem are not affected by RST The effects of cycling power CLS and STATus PRESet are explained by the following notes 2 Event registers Power up and CLS Clears all bits of the registers STATus PRESet No effect 3 Enable registers Power up and STATus PRESet Clears all bits of the registers CLS No effect 4 Error queue Power up and CLS Clears the error queue STATus PRESet No effect 5 Enable disable Power up Clears list of messages error queue CLS and STATus PRESet No effect messages 11 14 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 11 6 STATus command summary refer to Section 7 Section 11 SCPI Tables DISable CLEar DISable list Read the disabled messages Clear all messages from error queue Command Description EVENt Read the event register ENABle NRf Prog
15. NOTE Setting changes can be canceled by pressing the MENU key 6 Press ENTER to save your settings and return to the main menu Selecting current limit mode NOTE The current limit mode setting is channel specific The number after the number sign indicates the channel affected by editing If the current limit is reached the output will either turn off TRIP or stay on LIM The two current limit modes LIM or TRIP are explained as follows LIM mode If LIM mode selected the output will remain on when the current limit is reached The LIM message will appear on the lower line of the display after the current reading indicator A or mA The message will clear when the limit condition is cleared The power supply may or may not be taken out of current limit by decreasing the output voltage or increasing the current limit value depending on how the circuit is connected However increasing the current limit may compromise protection for the DUT 2 8 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation While in the current limit the power supply is operating as a constant current source As long as the limit condition exists the power supply output current will remain constant The output voltage is probably less than the programmed value when sourcing current and probably greater than the programmed value when sink
16. This command specifies HIGH or LOW bandwidth You can program the bandwidth at any time NOTE The bandwidth query will return user specified settings not necessarily the present instrument value Refer to Table 2 2 for how output state settings affect the actual bandwidth configuration BOTHOUTON Turns both channels ON BOTHOUTOFF Turns both channels OFF When sending either command make note that the command is applied to battery channel 1 first and then to charger channel 2 This allows both channels output state to be controlled with a single bus command while preventing the outputs from being turned ON or OFF simultaneously No short form exists for this command 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 15 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Reading back V and 2 16 V and I display modes Single or Dual Measured output voltages and currents are displayed with either SINGLE or DUAL V AND I display modes Dual displays both channels simultaneously single only shows the readings for the active channel NOTE To display measured readings if the instrument is in the settings mode press the SET key until the blinking stops the measured readings can then be displayed To determine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if present the instrument is in the se
17. July 2008 KEITHLEY Safety Precautions The following safety precautions should be observed before using this product and any associated instrumentation Although some instruments and accessories would normally be used with non hazardous voltages there are situations where hazardous conditions may be present This product is intended for use by qualified personnel who recognize shock hazards and are familiar with the safety precautions required to avoid possible injury Read and follow all installation operation and maintenance information carefully before using the product Refer to the user documentation for complete product specifications If the product is used in a manner not specified the protection provided by the product warranty may be impaired The types of product users are Responsible body is the individual or group responsible for the use and maintenance of equipment for ensuring that the equipment is operated within its specifications and operating limits and for ensuring that operators are adequately trained Operators use the product for its intended function They must be trained in electrical safety procedures and proper use of the instrument They must be protected from electric shock and contact with hazardous live circuits Maintenance personnel perform routine procedures on the product to keep it operating properly for example setting the line voltage or replacing consumable materials Maintenance procedures are des
18. SYST TRIG CONT 1 H Enable Continuous Trigger Mode which turns display OFF OPC H Query the power supply for when done processing the commands to configure instrument for desired measurements Talk the power supply to get the ASCII one response back for OPC Talk the power supply for readings 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 9 11 Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 9 4 Trigger continuous mode programming example Command Description Keep talking the power supply for readings If after taking readings and desire to make a change in configuration then SYST TRIG CONT 0 H Disable Continuous Trigger Mode before changing other settings This turns display ON Send commands here to make the desired system change SYST TRIG CONT 1 Il Enable Continuous Trigger Mode which turns display OFF OPC H Query the power supply for when done processing the commands to configure the instrument for desired measurements Talk the power supply to get the ASCII one response back for OPC Resume talking and taking power supply readings in continuous trigger mode 9 12 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 10 DISPlay and FORMat In this section Topic Page DISPlay des EA RE RR EE EE 10 2 Command notes SCPI commands display ee ee ee ee ee 10 2 EO E
19. Send the following command to output 45 mA for 50 mA full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP8 Send the following command to output 45 mA for 50 mA full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP9 Calculated Current For example if the current value is 45 mA the command would be CAL PROT STEP9 45e 3 Connect the characterized 3 kQ resistor in place of the 4 Q resistor Figure 13 3 Make sure the DMM DC volts function and auto range are still selected Send the following command CAL PROT STEP10 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from the voltage reading and actual resistance value Send that current value as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP11 Calculated Current For example if the current value is 4 5 mA the command would be CAL PROT STEP10 4 5e 3 Step 3 Perform charger channel calibration steps 1 2 10 Connect the OUTPUT 2 SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN terminals to the digital multimeter Use the same connections shown in Figure 13 4 Send the following command to output 14 V CAL PROT STEP12 14 Note and record the DMM reading then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP13 DMM Reading For example if the DMM reading is 14 012 V the command would be CAL PROT STEP13 14 012 Note and record a new DMM reading then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL P
20. ee EE ee ee 9 11 DISPlay and FORMa ins issie sesse Re ss ies tuat ed tait eege 10 1 Ba SN ei OE AE N 10 2 Command notes SCPI commands display 10 2 FORMat SUBSYSTEM MR 10 4 Command notes SCPI commands data format 10 5 SGP TADES EE 11 1 SCPI command subsystems reference tables AA 11 2 Gonoral NOOS RO OR EA 11 2 DISPlay command summary sese 11 3 EORMat command SUMMAY osse eeuse eene en Re eee ee eerte ee GR WE ede 11 4 OUTPut command summary sssssseeeeene eene 11 5 e SE RE rn AT 11 6 SOURCE command SODTITIgl oce coe ecc rnt tatto mete tete be E 11 13 S T5 Tus command SUPIMTIBEY EE 11 14 SYSTem command Summa eene cente etes 11 15 Performance Vertftcatton sss 12 1 ed ELE AA AR EE EEN 12 2 Verification test regulrements ee ee ee EA Re ee ee ee Re AA ee ee 12 2 Environmental conditlona eee Ee tenen ne nhe GENRE Ge NE ttn se 12 2 Warm up period 12 2 Line POWEL MM EE 12 3 Recommended test equipment ee ee ee ee AA Re AR ee AR ee ee 12 3 Resistor GORIIGDIORNE AA OR EE EE See 12 3 Resistor consideralos RE 12 4 buc ITT 12 4 Example limits calculediott trn eines 12 4 Performing the verification test procedures eeeeeessse 12 4 di MO N ER N OO EED 12 4 Test considerations ee ee ER AA RA Ge ee ee ee eene 12 5 Output voltage Supp uaa see eese RE GERS EE Ge EER KERE Ee
21. you will not incur the LINT integration time or LINT timeout from the battery channel 1 while waiting for responses from the charger channel 2 Since no long integration readings are being taken you will not get any information on whether the pulse is present or not on the battery channel 1 Make sure the voltage and current settings are appropriate for DUT If a pulse timeout occurs no pulses detected current will not be measured i e A and the NO PULSE message will be displayed Pulses are not detected with the output OFF With the output ON pulses will not be detected if the trigger level is too low or too high Perform the Determining correct trigger level long integration procedure to find an appropriate trigger level While the NO PULSE message is displayed the instrument continues to search for a pulse The search can be terminated by pressing any front panel key The NOT TRIG message replaces the NO PULSE message To restart the search press A or v keys while displaying long integration readings The timeout or pulse detection will need to elapse before the display changes To stop taking long integration readings press any front panel key As long as the instrument remains in the long integration display state the measurement process can be resumed by pressing A or v keys While readings are not being taken the bottom line displays the last valid long integration reading or dashes if no pulse detected before being
22. 10 4 FORMat command summary 11 4 FORMat subsystem 10 4 Front panel usua RES GE EE EE GE Ed 1 4 aspects of GPIB operation 6 6 elle 13 4 General bus commands sissies EERS ERGE RENE 6 5 information 1 1 2 1 A 1 le 4 9 GET group execute trigger 6 6 Getting around the MENU is SO ed lee AE EE AR ON BER GPIB bus connections 6 2 Group execute trigger susss 6 6 GTL goto local 1 2 tee 6 6 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Identification query o n 8 2 IEEE 754 formats sussss 10 5 IEEE 488 connector sssss 6 2 IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries iecit cain 8 2 IEEE 754 double precision data format 10 6 IEEE 754 single precision data format 10 5 IFC interface clear sssss 6 6 Independent voltage measurements DVM 2 18 INSPECTION gegart 1 3 Integration time 4 6 Interface clear 1 BRek BERK ES EK ER GE EA 6 6 Internal source relay control 5 3 Introduction Calibration iecit ptm akon 13 2 GPIB Operation ssss 6 2 VerifiCatiOn users VEE ena 12 2 Line power Calibration essses 13 2 Verification 12 3 LLO local lockout ssessssse 6 6 Local ER EE
23. 2 O SED GEE EED GED WY e 1 O Resistor Model 2001 DMM Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals ence CAUTION ron CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Model 2308 2 Select the multimeter DC voltage measuring function and enable auto ranging 3 Select Channel 1 by pressing the lt or keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Make sure actual voltage readings are being displayed use DISPLAY 4 Turn on the output 5 Verify compliance current accuracy for the currents listed in Table 12 4 For each test point Set the output voltage to 8 V and set the compliance current to the value being tested Note and record the digital multimeter voltage reading e Calculate the current from the voltage reading and actual 1 Q resistor value V R Verify that the current is within the limits given in the table 12 8 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 12 Performance Verification 6 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for Channel 2 use the or p keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 12 4 Compliance current accuracy limits Model 2308 compliance Compliance current limits current setting 2 Years 18 C 28 C 1 000 A 0 993 to 1 007 A 2 000A 1 992 to 2 008 A 3 000 A 2 990 to 3 010A 4 000
24. 200e 3 200e 3 200e 3 200e 3 200e 3 200e 3 Step 1 TLEV value Step 2 TLEV value Step 3 TLEV value Step 4 TLEV value Step 5 TLEV value Step 6 TLEV value Trigger and return the 6 step measurements After sending this command wait a few seconds before generating a one shot pulse sequence Continuous pulse train NOTE To function correctly the current range must be selected before setting the trigger level step setting The following command sequence measures pulses similar to the one shown in Figure 3 10 in a continuous pulse train The step duration is 600 usec with a step period of 2 seconds DISP ENS ENS ENS ENS ENS ENS n N m m u n SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS CHAN CURR PCUR FUNC PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 1 RANG STEP 2 ON PCUR STEP UP 4 STEP DOWN 0 STEP TIME 100e 6 STEP DEL 50e 6 STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP TOUT TOUT TLEV1 TLEV2 TLEV3 3e 3 INIT 3 750e 3 400e 3 500e 3 Set active channel battery Select 5 A current range Enable step Select PCUR function Specify 4 up steps Specify 0 down steps Specify 100 microseconds for step integration time Specific 50 microseconds for step delay Recall 400 microseconds needed for complet ing previous step measurement and being ready for next With 600 microseconds of ste
25. 4 m 13 ft P N 7007 4 Power supply overview The Model 2308 power supply see Figure 1 1 can simulate a battery channel 1 or a charger channel 2 Figure 1 1 and Figure 1 2 show the Model 2308 front and rear panels 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 1 3 Section 1 Getting Started Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 1 1 Model 2308 front panel aen Tod 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator LOCAL Rm e gt a ENTER SET v aa 00000000000000 0000000000000 00000000000000 0000000000000 00000000000000 0000000000000 00000000000000 0000000000000 Figure 1 2 Model 2308 rear panel WARNING NO INTERNAL OPERATOR SERVICABLE PARTS SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY J DVM IN UTPUT 1 ANALOG OUTPUT 2 30 VDC MAX SOURCE SENSE SOURCE wll N SOURCE SENSE SOURCE DVM IN EE 3 e 5 50 0 5 5 ssl RAN e enen UA AUR Ren gn engm enen me Le ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS MAX MAX quce wes LINE FUSE A Zoe RELAY LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120VAC 200 240VAC t I 24VDC MAX a 50 60 HZ 165VA MAX IEEE 488 REMOTE ENTER IEEE ADDRESS DISPLAY FROM FRONT PANEL MENU e OPTION MADE IN KEITHLEY MADE m t j CAUTION FoR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING NOTE The output from each channel is isolated from the
26. 500 mA 50 mA and 5 mA on the battery channel and 5 A on the charger channel Figure 3 1 Pulse current measurement High Low gt Average gt 4 High and average measurements triggered on leading edge of pulse v Low measurement triggered on falling edge of pulse Trigger level For the various current ranges on Model 23068 to avoid false pulse detection you can use a trigger level of up to 5A All pulses noise or other transients that are less than the set trigger level will be ignored The charger channel has only one trigger level range setting from 0 to 5 A The battery channel 1 has four trigger level settings that are applicable when the corresponding current range is selected 5 A 500 mA 50 mA and 5 mA For 5 A trigger level setting the level may be set from 0 to 5 A Likewise the level may be set from 0 to 500 mA for the 500 mA trigger level setting 0 to 50 mA for the 50 mA trigger level setting and 0 to 5 mA for the 5 mA trigger level setting These settings affect the trigger level setting when the corresponding current range is Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements selected on the battery channel For the charger channel pulse current is only available on the 5 A current range Trigger delay The high low or average integration times can either be manually or automatically
27. AVERage lt NRf gt Specify average count 1 1 100 pulse current measurements or 1 5000 pulse current digitization MODE name Select measurement mode HIGH LOW or AVERage HIGH TIME Set integration times AUTO Integration times set automatically HIGH lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for high pulse 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 LOW NRf Specify integration time in sec for low pulse 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 AVERage NRf Specify integration time in sec for average pulse 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 DIGitize NRf Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or burst 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 SYNChronize Pulse detection triggering STATe Send ON to select pulse current measurements or ON OFF to select pulse current digitization TLEVel Trigger level AMP lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use when on the 5A 0 0 current range 0 0 A 5 0 A in 5 mA steps HUNDred lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use when on the 0 0 500mA current range 0 0 mA 500 mA in 0 5 mA or 500 pA steps FIFTy lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use when on the 0 0 50 mA current range 0 0 mA 50 mA in 0 05 mA or 50 pA steps FIVE lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use when on the 5 mA 0 0 current range 0 0 5 mA in 0 005 mA or 5 pA steps 3 12 Return to Section Topics
28. ON OFF Sect 9 OUTPUT RELAYS Close 1 or open 0 relay control circuitry Sect 5 REVISION NUMBER Display firmware revision levels Note 2 SERIAL NUMBER Display serial number of the power supply Note 3 VFD BRIGHTNESS Set VFD display s brightness level OFF FULL 3 4 1 2 1 4 Sect 10 OUT BANDWIDTH 71 22 Set bandwidth HIGH LOW Sect 2 OUT IMPEDANCE 1 Set battery channels impedance 0 1 Cu Sect 2 PULSE CURRENT 1 2 Pulse current configuration Sect 3 HIGH TIME LOW TIME AVERAGE TIME AUTO TIME PULSE TIMEOUT AVERAGE READINGS TRIGGER DELAY TRIGGER LEVEL Set high time integration rate in usec Set low time integration rate in usec Set average time integration rate in usec Set pulse integration rates automatically Set pulse timeout default is 1 000 second incremented in ims steps Set average reading count 1 to 100 Set trigger delay in seconds 0 to 100 msec Sets pulse current trigger level in Amps for the 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA current ranges Battery channel 1 A 5 0 0 5A in 5 mA steps mA 500 0 500 mA in 0 5 mA steps mA 50 0 50 mA in 0 05 mA steps mA 5 0 5 mA in 0 005 mA steps Charger channel 2 A 5 0 0 5 A in 5 mA steps The main menu structure is accessed by pressing the MENU key on the front panel Notes 1 See Default settings in this section to save and recall setups 2 Revision Number displays the firmware revision level for the microcontroller an
29. TLEV2 400 mA 4th pulse TLEVA 625 mA 6th pulse This pulse sequence can be measured using the continuous pulse method see the programming example Continuous pulse train Similarly this pulse train could be measured using the one shot method For the one shot method the first step trigger level value could be any value for detecting the 900 milliamp step Timeout setting TOUT TimeOUT timeout setting specifies the timeout length for detecting a given pulse step When the TOUT value is reached an overflow value for that step reading is returned Although all step measurements after the first TOUT step are returned as overflow readings all step measurements performed before TOUT was exceeded will have correct readings Two timeout settings are used one for the initial step and another for the rest of the active steps The setting for the initial timeout should be set slightly longer than the period of the pulse for continuous pulse trains The other timeout setting should cover the longest step duration Also make sure to account for trigger delays when determining timeout settings There are two possible trigger delays the internal trigger delay 10 usec necessary for code execution and any user specified trigger delay optional The trigger delays occur before the integration process begins but after pulse detection To use the pulse current step method to measure a one shot pulse train set the initial timeout to the maximum sett
30. Turn on the source output Verify digital voltmeter input accuracy for each of the voltages listed in Table 12 9 For each 12 15 Section 12 Performance Verification 12 16 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Set the voltage to the indicated value as measured by the digital multimeter Set current compliance to 0 25 A Allow the reading to settle Verify that the voltage reading is within the limits given in the table Table 12 9 Digital voltmeter input accuracy limits Model 2308 output Voltage setting Digital voltmeter input reading limits 2 Years 18 C 28 C 5 00 V 4 995 to 5 005 V 10 00 V 9 992 to 10 008 V 14 00 V 13 990 to 14 010 V Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated accuracy limits before verification As measured by digital multimeter Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 13 Calibration In this section Topic Page Juge ie ee OO AE OE 13 2 Egeter conditons RE 13 2 Temperature and relative humidity eeeeeeeseee 13 2 KI EEN c EE 13 2 Ee HEP 13 2 Calibration consideratons sess 13 2 ee de ie AR pieni OR EE N 13 3 Recommended calibration equipment ee ee ee ee AA ee 13 3 Resistor Connections 12 OE had OR es 13 3 Resistor considerations o oo idiin gnii SEENEN nnns 13 3 Eed ie Bee Eie OR OE OE EE EO OR EE sees 13 4 Step 1 Prepare t
31. name Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP LIM STATe Query state of current limit no associated command OUTPut 1 OUTPut 1 subsystem for battery channel 1 STATe lt b gt Turn the power supply output ON or OFF OFF BANDwidth lt name gt Specifies output bandwidth HIGH or LOW LOW IMPedance NRf Specifies output impedance 0 1 O in 10 mO steps 0 OUTPut2 OUTPut2 subsystem for charger channel 2 STATe b Turn the power supply output ON or OFF OFF BANDwidth name Specifies output bandwidth HIGH or LOW LOW 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 13 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 2 3 SCPI command summary outputting voltage and current cont Commands Description Default BOTHOUTON Turns both power supply channels ON BOTHOUTOFF Turns both power supply channels OFF Command notes outputting voltage and current SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe n Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 CURRent RANGe n Applies to charger channel 2 After specifying a current value the instrument will go to the most sensitive range to accommodate that reading For example if you are expecting a maximum current reading of 750mA you can let n 0 75 or 750e 3 to select the 5A range Using the RANGe command to manually select a current range disables auto range Another way to sel
32. neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Setting applies when SYNC STATe is ON AVERage Query average integration time when SYNC STATe is ON DIGitize lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or 3 333e 5 burst measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Setting applies when SYNC STATe is OFF DIGitize Query integration time for digitizing or burst measurements when SYNC STATe is OFF SYNChronize Path for pulse detection triggering STATe b Send ON to select pulse current ON measurements or OFF to select pulse current digitization STATe Query pulse current synchronization selection DELay lt NRf gt Specify trigger delay in seconds dependent on 0 SYNC STAT pulse current measurements 0 to 0 1 sync ON pulse current digitization O to 5 sync OFF DELay Query specified trigger delay dependent on SYNC STAT TLEVel lt NRf gt Set trigger level value 0 5 A in 5 mA steps 0 TLEVel Query trigger level setting FAST lt b gt Enable or disable pulse current fast readings OFF FAST Query pulse current fast reading setting No query or short form exists 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 11 11 Section 11 SCPI Tables Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 11 4 SENSe command summary refer to Table 2 3 Table 3 2 and Table 4 2 Default Command Description parame
33. stopped Determining correct trigger level long integration 1 After selecting the appropriate voltage and current values turn on the output 2 Follow instructions in Long integration display mode to select the long integration display type NOTE If the trigger level is too low or too high the NO PULSE message will be displayed If long integration measurements are instead being displayed the trigger level is valid You can skip the rest of this procedure 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 4 9 Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 4 10 3 Go into the main menu press the MENU key twice the first press will stop the readings while the second press accesses the menu Select LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 select LONG INTEGRAT 7H for the battery channel 1 and LONG INTEGRAT 2 for the charger channel 2 4 Select and adjust the TRIGGER LEVEL and press ENTER The unit starts looking for the rising edge of the pulse this is regardless of the trigger edge setting If the trigger level is still too low or too high the LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED message will be displayed briefly Note that it may take as long as the timeout value for the message to appear see LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED message for more information 5 If the message appeared repeat step 4 until a valid trigger level is found 6 Press the MENU key to exit the menu structure a
34. the auto time is adjusted for the internal trigger delay of 10 psec auto internal time The auto internal time is then adjusted to be an integral time value of 33 3333 usec auto integral time For example auto time value 28 053 msec auto internal times 28 053 ms 0 010 msec 28 043 ms auto integral time 28 033 ms response returned when time setting is queried When a pulse time is set via the bus the time is assumed to be an auto internal time i e the value is assumed to be adjusted for the internal delay value This value is then adjusted to the applicable integral value For example manual time value 5 040 msec integral time 5 033 ms response returned when time setting is queried Average readings count NOTE The menu item AVER READINGS 1 2 applies to average readings for DVM and V where AVERAGE READINGS under PULSE CURRENT 1 2 menu item applies to pulse current measurements Note that DVM is supported by charger channel 2 only The average readings count specifies how many measurements integrations are performed and averaged for each displayed reading For example assume that the pulse average readings count is 10 and you are measuring PULSE HIGH Each displayed reading will reflect the average of 10 peak pulse measurements Measurement configuration NOTE Current range is selected from the CURRENT RANGE 1 2 item of the menu Integration times average readings count trigger delay and trigger leve
35. this eliminates the concern of knowing the GPIB timeout setting see Setting the GPIB timeout for responses The power supply uses two queues which are first in first out FIFO registers Output queue Used to hold reading and response messages Error queue Used to hold error and status messages The power supply status model Figure 7 1 shows how the two queues are structured with the other registers Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 7 Status Structure Output queue The output queue holds data that pertains to the normal operation of the instrument For example when a query command is sent the response message is placed in the output queue When data is placed in the output queue the message available MAV bit in the status byte register sets A data message is cleared from the output queue when it is read The output queue is considered cleared when it is empty An empty output queue clears the MAV bit in the status byte register A message is read from the output queue by addressing the power supply to talk after the appropriate query is sent The following command sequence enables the MAV bit B4 of the status byte register set and then causes an SRO SRE 16 Language specific Language specific Language specific Enable MAV bit of status byte to cause an SRQ Send a query command to supply Wait for an SRQ indi
36. 13 3 12 Full scale 14 V output 14 V Figure 13 4 13 Full scale output calibration 14 V Figure 13 4 14 Full scale measure calibration 14 V Figure 13 4 15 DVM full scale calibration 14 V Figure 13 4 Step numbers correspond to CAL PROT STEP command numbers See Table 13 3 Steps 0 through 11 calibrate battery channel 1 Steps 12 through 20 calibrate charger channel 2 Factory default display values shown Step 2 Perform battery channel calibration steps NOTE The unit will display the most recently calibrated values Factory defaults are shown in this manual When calibrating the battery channel 1 make sure you connect the source and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned 1 Connect the OUTPUT 1 SOURCE and SENSE terminals to the DMM as shown in Figure 13 1 2 DMM Input connections HI SOURCE and SENSE LO SOURCE and SENSE 3 Atthis point the Model 2308 will prompt you to set the full scale Channel 1 output voltage CAL VOLTS CHAN 1 SET 14 0000 V 4 Use the edit keys to set the voltage to 14 0000V then press ENTER 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 13 5 Section 13 Calibration Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 13 1 Battery channel connections for
37. 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Setting applies when SYNC STATe is ON HIGH Query high integration time No query or short form exists Return to Section Topics Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 11 SCPI Tables Table 11 4 SENSe command summary refer to Table 2 3 Table 3 2 and Table 4 2 Default Command Description parameter SCPI LOW NRf Specify integration time in sec for low pulse 3 333E 05 measurements 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Setting applies when SYNC STATe is ON LOW Query low integration time when SYNC STATe is ON AVERage lt NRf gt Set integration time in seconds for 3 333E 05 measurement of pulse AVERage time accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Setting applies when SYNC STATe is ON AVERage Query average integration time when SYNC STATe is ON DIGitize NRf Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or 3 333e 5 burst measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Setting applies when SYNC STATe is OFF DIGitize Query integration time for digitizing or burst measurements when SYNC STATe is OFF STEP lt b gt To perform a series of step measurements set to OFF ON STEP Query state for performing step measurements UP lt NRf gt Specify number of UP ste
38. 5 A range is used For battery channel 1 The trigger level can be set for either the 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA current range For the 5 A current range the trigger level can be set from 0 to 5A in 5 mA steps For the current 500 mA range the trigger level can be set from 0 to 500 mA in 0 5 mA steps For the current 50 mA range the trigger level can be set from 0 to 50 mA in 0 05 mA steps For the 5 mA current range the trigger level can be set from 0 mA to 5 mA in 0 005 mA steps The four trigger level ranges are displayed as follows using the TRIGGER LEVEL menu option 5 A range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 A 5 0 0 000 A 500 mA range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 A 500 0 0000 A 50 mA range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 mA 50 0 00000A 5 mA range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 mA 5 0 000000A 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 4 7 Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual To toggle the current range for the trigger level setting place the blinking cursor on the A at the far right end of line two of the display and press the A and v keys After keying in the trigger level in amps press ENTER to update the displayed range for that trigger level setting only Charger channel 2 Set the trigger level from 0 to 5 A in 5 mA steps Long integration display mode Long integration measurements are displayed with the long integration display mode selected To display Long Integra
39. 60Hz power line frequency integration time can be set from 850 msec to 60 sec 1 ms step value For 50Hz power line frequency integration time can be set from 840 msec to 60 sec 1 ms step value AUTO TIME Use to automatically set the integration time When the AUTO TIME operation is performed the instrument measures the time between two rising pulse edges and sets an appropriate integration time that will encompass the high and low periods of a single pulse AUTO TIME searches for two consecutive RISING edges the setting of trigger edge does not affect AUTO TIME Therefore with NEITHER edge set the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bits in the status model may get set see Section 7 on the status model for more information Although Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Auto Time does not use the user setting for trigger edge the user setting for edge will be used for trigger commands For example READ and MEASure Pulse timeout Use the PULSE TIMEOUT item of the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 menu item to set pulse timeout LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel 1 while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel 2 Set pulse timeout from 1 to 63 seconds for long integration measurements that are configured to be triggered by RISING or FALLING pulse edges If a pulse is not detected within the sp
40. 9 Section 13 Calibration 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual At this point the unit will prompt for 5 A Channel 2 full scale calibration output CAL 5 A CHAN 2 SET 1 90000 A Using the edit keys adjust the set value to 1 90004 then press ENTER The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which calibrates the Channel 2 5 A current limit CAL 5 A CHAN 2 READ1 1 90000 A Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and the actual 4O resistance value V R Adjust the Model 2308 current display value to agree with the calculated current value and press ENTER The Model 2308 will prompt for another DMM reading which is used for Channel 2 5 A measurement calibration CAL 5 A CHAN 2 READ2 1 90000 A Again calculate the current from the new DMM reading and 4 Q resistor value Adjust the 2308 current display reading to agree with the new current then press ENTER Disconnect the 4 Q resistor then connect the 3k O resistor in its place use the connections in Figure 13 3 except make connections to the OUTPUT 2 terminals Make sure the DMM DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected At this point the unit will prompt to output approximately 5 mA for Channel 2 5mA range full scale calibration CAL 5 mA CHAN 2 ALL READY TO DO Press ENTER to output approximately 5 mA The unit will then
41. D De output Cable However in this configuration current compliance may not be reached and current measurements may be unstable if lsinkRcable is large Figure 2 7 shows a preferred method for measuring the current output of the charger circuit at a rated output voltage with the power supply operating in local sense mode Set the supply output voltage to 0 00 V and the enter the desired test compliance current liest Select Rtest SO that Veharger the desired test voltage is the product of ltest ANd Riest Figure 2 7 Preferred method Model Rat Reable Charger N NN Rs Sink R S sense G V Supply 0 V etes V sense QD output F cable NOTE Figure 2 7 shows the preferred method for measuring current output of the charger circuit at a rated output voltage with the power supply operating in local sense mode Unless high speed transient performance is absolutely required when operating as a sink the LOW bandwidth output mode provides superior results with a constant current or voltage load such as a battery charger 2 20 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Programming examples Outputting and reading back V and I The following command sequences demonstrate how to output voltage and current and read back measure the actu
42. EA nu 3 26 Pulse current digitization sseeseee ee ke ee 3 27 Pulse current STEP method battery channel only 3 27 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Overview The power supply can perform current measurements for dynamic loads on either battery channel 1 or charger channel 2 The built in measurements include Peak measured current measures the peak high current of the pulse train Idle measured current measures the idle low current of the pulse train Average transmit current measures the average current of the pulse train The high low and average measurements of a pulse are illustrated in Figure 3 1 The high measurement is triggered on the rising edge of the pulse and an integration is performed for the time specified for the high measurement The falling edge of the pulse triggers the low measurement and an integration is performed for the time specified for the low measurement An average measurement is triggered on the rising edge and the integration is specified by the average measurement time setting Each pulse current measurement reading will trigger on the respective edge NOTE Two other measurements of pulse currents are available over the bus Pulse current digitization and Pulse current STEP method battery channel only for details Available current measurement range s are 5 A
43. EE AF 2 5 Ree 6 7 Local lockout ses BEE FEES ESE ESE ER EE RE EERS 6 6 Local Sense Connections battery channel and charger channel 2 6 Long integration sssss display mode measurement procedure Measurements Integration time 4 3 Programming example 4 16 Trigger edge 4 3 Ela ale EEN 6 4 search and reading time GONMPAFSON Ete SERS EER EE SERE 4 5 Long form and short form versions 6 9 Main menu structure 1 13 Auto Zero State 1 ceo 1 13 Calibrate unit ee 1 13 Current Limit Mode 1 13 GPIB Address 1 13 Long integration 1 14 Auto Time 1 14 Integration time 1 14 Pulse timeout 1 14 Trigger Edge 1 14 Trigger Level 1 14 NPEC RATE esse ees pleads 1 13 Output bandwidth 1 13 Output impedance 1 13 OUTPUT RELAYS 1 13 Power on setup 1 13 Pulse Current sissies bcr 1 13 Average readings 1 13 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator Users Manual Average Time 1 13 High Time 1 13 Low Time 1 13 Main menu structure Auto Time 1 13 Pulse timeout 1 13 TRIGGER DELAY 1 13 TRIGGER LEVEL 1 13 Recall Setup see orti 1 13 REVISION NUMBER 1 13 Save Setup ss EDE 1 13 VFD BRIGHTNESS 1 13 V
44. ENAI Ble b Parameters Control display circuitry b 0 or OFF Disable display circuitry 1 or ON Enable display circuitry This command is used to enable and disable the front panel display circuitry When disabled the instrument operates at a higher speed While disabled the display is blank All front panel controls except LOCAL are disabled Normal display operation can be resumed by using the DISPlay Parameters ENAI BRIGhtness NRf lt NRf gt Blank display 1 4 brightness 1 2 brightness 3 4 brightness Full brightness Ble command to enable the display or by putting the power supply into local Set brightness for VFD display 0 1 lt NRf gt 0 lt NRf gt 0 25 lt NRf gt 0 50 lt NRf gt 0 75 lt NRf gt 1 0 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 10 DISPlay and FORMat This command is ignored if the remote module is connected Dependent on the revision level of the firmware the VFD BRIGHTNESS menu choice may or may not be present in the main menu If present the front panel menu choices are as follows FULL BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS OFF 1 4 BRIGHTNESS 1 2 BRIGHTNESS 3 4 BRIGHTNESS NOTE Setting this option when a remote is connected via remote or through the bus will be ignored No error message will be generated DISPlay DUALvi b Control dual mo
45. ENTER to select it NOTE The present address is displayed on power up on the top line of the display Setting the GPIB timeout for responses When using GPIB to control the power supply make sure to set the GPIB timeout for responses The appropriate setting is dependent on the power supply configuration The GPIB timeout for responses is the duration the computer waits before timing out after sending a request Example Command Description READ Requests power supply to trigger a reading for the selected function on the battery channel 1 Programming language specific Request power supply talk Once the request for the response is made the GPIB timeout for responses activates GPIB timeout for responses is set in milliseconds 1 1000sec Long integration readings When taking long integration readings make sure to set the timeout value longer than the integration time For example if the integration period is 15 seconds set the GPIB timeout for responses to a value greater than 15000 Setting the GPIB timeout for responses greater than the integration time ensures that a GPIB timeout does not occur while the Model 2308 is integrating the reading The GPIB timeout may need to be set to a value greater than twice the long integration time for cases where the triggered edge was just missed refer to Figure 4 2 Pulse current readings When taking a pulse current low readings with a low time of 50
46. FIFTy FIVE NRf gt FIVE LH X DELay lt NRf gt DI Kal ay Description Define the delay seguence length 0 to 19 Specify zero to always use the PCUR STEP DELay value Specify whether 1 or not 0 to skip seguential triggers 1 Only requires 1 trigger 0 Requires multiple triggers Query setting for step delay Set trigger level for each TLEV step x equals 1 20 the maximum settings are based on the selected current range Therefore the current range must be selected before setting the step trigger level values Query setting for trigger level for each TLEV step x equals 1 20 Pulse detection triggering Send ON to select pulse current measurements or OFF to select pulse current digitization Query pulse current measurement type Trigger level Set the trigger level in amps for use when on the 5 A current range 0 0 A 5 0 A in 5 mA steps Query setting for trigger level in amps for use when on the 5 A current range Set the trigger level in amps for use when on the 500 mA current range 0 0 mA 500 mA in 0 5 mA or 500 pA steps Query setting for trigger level in amps for use when on the 500 mA current range Set the trigger level in amps for use when on the 50 mA current range 0 0 mA 50 mA in 0 05 mA or 50 uA steps Query setting for trigger level in amps for use when on the 50 mA current range Set the trigger level in amps for use when
47. Full range 90 day 23 C various measurement points Characterize resistor using 4 wire ohms function of DMM before use Characterize resistor using 4 wire ohms function and 200Q range of DMM before use See Resistor considerations for temperature coefficient Resistor connections When performing the verification tests that use the precision resistors be sure to connect the OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 SENSE leads and Model 2001 DMM test leads as close to the resistor body as possible 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 12 3 Section 12 Performance Verification Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Resistor considerations The test resistors should be characterized using the lowest possible range and the 4 wire ohms function of the DMM recommended in Table 12 1 to measure the resistance values Use the measured resistance values to calculate the actual currents during the test procedures NOTE The temperature coefficient and temperature change of the 1 O resistor when passing current at full load must be low enough so that the change in resistance does not cause incorrect readings This is summarized in the following equation Vour R AR lt 25 of Model 2308 amps specification Where VOUT is the output voltage R is the characterized value of the resistor DR is the change in resistance caused by heating Verification limits The verification limits stated in this secti
48. Optimizing Measurement Speed MEASure 1 function Execute READ on specified function for battery channel 1 MEASure 1 ARRay function Execute READ ARRa y on specified function for Battery Channel 1 MEASure2 function Execute READ2 on specified function for charger channel 2 MEASure2 ARRay function Execute READ2 ARRay on specified function charger channel 2 Parameters function ZCURRent DC Measure current VOLTage DC Measure voltage PCURrent Measure pulse current DVMeter Measure DVM input applicable for charger channel commands only LINTegration Perform long integration current measurements When the MEASure command is sent the specified function is selected and then the READ is executed When the MEASure ARRay command is sent the specified function is selected and the READ ARRay command is executed See READ and READ ARRa y for details If a function is not specified the measurement s will be performed on the active channel s function that is presently selected NOTE There are no AVERage commands for long integration measurements The array size for long integration readings is fixed at one Therefore MEASure LINTegration and MEASure ARRay LINTegration are basically the same BOTHTRG Trigger battery channel 1 then charger channel 2 BOTHFUNC Function changes on battery channel 1 then
49. Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Introduction This appendix contains detailed information on remote calibration commands calibration error messages and methods to detect the end of each calibration step Section 13 of this manual contains detailed calibration procedures Command summary Table B 1 summarizes calibration commands These commands are described in detail in the following paragraphs Miscellaneous commands Miscellaneous commands are those commands that perform such functions as saving calibration constants locking out calibration and programming date parameters CODE CALibration PROTected CODE Purpose To unlock calibration so that you can perform the calibration procedure Format cal prot code lt code gt Parameter Up to an 8 character ASCII string including letters and numbers Description The CODE command sends the calibration code and enables calibration when performing these procedures via remote The correct code must be sent to the unit before sending any other calibration command The default remote code is K1002308 NOTE The CODE command should be sent only once before performing calibration Do not send CODE before each calibration step To change the code first send the present code then send the new code The code parameter must be enclosed in single quotes Example CAL PROT CODE KI002308 Send default code of K1002308 Table B 1 R
50. Press ENTER to select Press the A V 4 or gt keys to scroll to the desired VPT value and to select cOFF voltage protection clamp OFF or cON voltage protection clamp ON POND NOTE Setting changes can be canceled by pressing the MENU key 6 Press ENTER to save your settings and return to the main menu 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 7 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Selecting proper current range NOTE The current range value is channel specific The number after the number sign indicates the channel affected by editing Power supply current ranges are listed in Table 2 1 When auto range is selected the instrument will automatically go to the most sensitive range to perform the measurement The current range setting may be the same or different for each channel Table 2 1 Current ranges Power supply Current ranges battery channel 1 5 A 500 mA 50 mA 5 mA or AUTO charger channel 2 5 A 5 mA or Auto NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table To select the CURRENT RANGE from the front panel Press the MENU key to access the main menu Press the A or v keys to scroll to CURRENT RANGE Press the lt or p keys to select Channel 1 or 2 Press ENTER to select Press A or v keys to scroll to the desired current range value see Table 2 1 PYN
51. SCPI command syntax is still supported including long form and short form commands multiple commands and MIN MAX DEF parameter definitions For example the following command strings are invalid SOUR VOLT OPC SENS CURR RANG READ READ READ bi p The following command strings are valid SOUR VOLT 4 OPC SENS NPLC 1 0 SENS CURR RANG MIN SENS CURR RANG MAX READ 2 When a query is sent either the data must be read back or a Device Clear DCL or Interface Clear IFC must be performed to reset the query 3 When sending a command or query do not attempt to read data from the power supply until the terminator has been sent usually Line Feed with EOI Otherwise a DCL or IFC must be sent to reset the input parser 4 When receiving data all data up to and including the terminator LF with EOI must be accepted Otherwise a DCL or IFC must be sent to reset the output task 5 Empty command strings terminator only should not be sent Using SCPI based programs In general an existing SCPI based program will run properly and faster in the 488 1 protocol as long as it meets the previous guidelines and limitations Bus hold off OPC OPC and WAT are still functional but are not needed for the 488 1 protocol When sending commands the GPIB is automatically held off when it detects a terminator The hold off is Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A Ju
52. Step Command Description connections CAL PROT CODE KI002308 Unlock calibration None CAL PROT INIT Initiate calibration None 0 CAL PROT STEPO 14 Full scale 14 V output Figure 13 1 1 CAL PROT STEP1 DMM Reading Ful scale output cal Figure 13 1 2 CAL PROT STEP2 DMM Reading Full scale measure cal Figure 13 1 Step numbers correspond to STEP commands Steps 0 through 11 calibrate battery channel 1 Steps 12 through 20 calibrate charger channel 2 Connect to OUTPUT 1 terminals for Steps 0 through 11 Connect to OUTPUT 2 terminals for Steps 12 through 20 13 14 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 13 3 Remote calibration summary Section 13 Calibration Step 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Command CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT CAL PROT DATI STEP3 STEP4 STEP5 STEP6 STEP7 STEP8 STEP9 STEP STE STE STEP STEPL STEP OY oO FF W N F CH STEP ST E STI Lr o mg CU o al ST STEP20 lt DI SAVE LOCK lt Current gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt Curr
53. V and Single V and GPIB address No effect factory set to 16 Current range 5 A Auto Range OFF 5 A Auto Range OFF Integration rate 1 00 PLC 1 00 PLC Average readings 1 1 Power on setup No effect factory set to RST Global settings not channel specific Return to Section Topics Current limit mode LIM LIM Auto Zero State ON applies to both channels Output relay one No effect after power Output relay two cycle set to zero Output relay three Output relay four VFD brightness Over bus 1 From display FULL BRIGHTNESS Output bandwidth LOW LOW Output impedance 0 00 Q Not Applicable Pulse current High time 33 usec 33 usec Low time 33 usec 33 usec Average time 33 usec 33 usec Digitize time 33 usec 33 usec Timeout 1 000 sec 1 000 sec Average readings 1 1 Trigger delay 0 00000 sec 0 00000 sec Trigger level 0 0 Step Off Step Initial 2 sec Step Sequence 0 Step Length 0 Step Skip 0 Step up 1 Step down 1 Step time 200us Step timeout 2ms Step delay 0 Long integration Integration time 1 second 1 second 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 1 Getting Started Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 1 3 Factory defaults RST Reset RST default Setting Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 Pulse timeout 16 second
54. and parameter ENABle Query command PRESet Command Single command messages The previous command structure has three levels The first level is made up of the root command STATus and serves as a path The second level is made up of another path OPERation and a command PRESet The third path is made up of one command for the OPERation path The three commands in this structure can be executed by sending three separate program messages as follows stat oper enab NRf stat oper enab stat pres In each of the above program messages the path pointer starts at the root command stat and moves down the command levels until the command is executed Multiple command messages You can send multiple command messages in the same program message as long as they are separated by semicolons Here is an example showing two commands in one program message stat pres stat oper enab NR When this command is sent the first command word is recognized as the root command stat When the next colon is detected the path pointer moves down to the next command level and executes the command When the path pointer sees the colon after the semicolon it resets back to the root level and starts over Commands that are on the same command level can be executed without having to retype the entire command path Example stat oper enab lt NRf gt enab After the first command enab is executed the
55. and processed battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 8 7 10 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 7 Status Structure Figure 7 5 Measurement event status BF2 BFi RAV2 PTT2 ROF2 RAV PTT pop B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B0 BF2 BET RAV2 PTT2 ROF2 RAV PTT ROFI B15 B10 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B0 Measurement Condition Register CONDition B15 B10 Measurement EVENt Event Register To MSB of Status Byt register Measurement Event Enable Register ENABIe lt NRf gt ENABle BF2 BF1 RAV2 PTT2 ROF2 RAV1 PTTT ROFI B15 B10 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B0 1024 512 256 128 64 32 16 8 BF Buffer Full amp 7 Logical AND RAV Reading Available OR 7 Logical OR PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout ROF Reading Overflow Bit B6 reading overflow 2 ROF2 Set bit indicates that the charger channel s 2 reading exceeds the measurement range of the instrument charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 3 Bit B7 pulse trigger timeout 2 PTT2 Set bit indicates that a charger channel 2 current pulse has not been detected This bit applies to pulse current and long integration functionality charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 4 Bit B8 reading availa
56. as the parameter value for the SRE command i e SRE 0 Table 7 3 Common and SCPI Commands status byte and service request enable registers Command Description Default STB Read status byte register SRE lt NRf gt Program the service request enable register O to 255 Note SRE Read the service request enable register Note CLS and STATus PRESet have no effect on the service request enable register Programming example read status byte The following command sequence enables EAV error available sends an invalid command and then reads the status byte register CLS Clear Status Byte Register SRE 4 Enable EAV BAD COMMand Send an invalid command to generate an error STB Read status byte The value 68 will be returned to indicate that bits B2 EAV and B6 MSS of the Status Byte Register are set Status register sets As shown in Figure 7 1 there are four status register sets in the status structure of the power supply standard event status operation event status measurement event status and questionable event status Register bit descriptions Standard event status The used bits of the standard event register shown in Figure 7 3 are described as follows Bit BO operation complete OPC Set bit indicates that all pending selected device operations are completed and the power supply is ready to accept new commands This bit only sets in response to the DPC c
57. can consist of an NRf number or one of the following name parameters DEFault MINimum MAXimum When the DEFault parameter is used the instrument is programmed to the RST default value When the MINimum parameter is used the instrument is programmed to the lowest allowable value When the MAXimum parameter is used the instrument is programmed to the largest allowable value Examples SENSe 1 NPLCycles 2 Set integration period to 2 PLC SENSe 1 NPLCycles DEFault Set integration period to 1 PLC SENSe 1 NPLCycles MINimum Set integration period to 0 002 PLC SENSe 1 NPLCycles MAXimum Set integration period to 10 PLC lt numlist gt Numlist Specify one or more numbers for a list Example STATus QUEue ENABle 110 222 Enable errors 110 thru 222 Angle Brackets lt gt Angle brackets lt gt are used to denote a parameter type Do not include the brackets in the program message For example OUTPut 1 lt b gt The lt b gt indicates that a Boolean type parameter is required Therefore to turn on the output for the battery channel 1 the command with the ON or 1 parameter must be sent as follows OUTPut 1 ON OUTPut 1 1 Query commands This type of command requests queries the presently programmed status It is identified by the question mark at the end of the fundamental form of the command Most commands have a query form Example SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe
58. channel Power Supply Relay Control Do not exceed AN DE Relay External Source Pin 5 Relay 1 Ce l de 0 24vDC Max i Relay 2 ns dE 54321 Pin 2 Relay 3 e d 9876 Pin 1 Relay 4 Pins 3 6 Chassis 4 Ground Figure 5 2 Internal source relay control Power Supply Relay Control CAUTION For internal source relay control Relay Do not exceed 100mA DC per channel Pin jum 1 Coil Do not exceed 250mA DC total a Pin Rey 2 hu 54321 di Pin 2 Relay 3 ele ES EE E Pin 1l Relay 4 E mm 5VDC Pin 86 Pin 7 Pins 3 6 9 Chassis Ground Connections An external relay circuit is connected to the power supply via the 9 pin D SUB connector located on the rear panel Table 5 1 contains pinouts and connections for this connector The illustration provides terminal identification for the conductors of the plug 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 5 3 Section 5 Relay Control Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 5 3 Relay connector 9 pin D sub Table 5 1 Relay pinouts for Figure 5 3 H 5 Connection Relay 4 Relay 3 Ground Relay 2 Relay 1 Ground Suppression diodes 5 VDC OOI CO NO mo A w N gt Ground Controlling relays 5 4 The external relays whether powered by the external
59. charger channel 2 BOTHFETCH Get channel 1 reading then channel 2 reading BOTHREAD Trigger both channels then get both readings When sending either of the BOTH commands as listed above make note that the command is applied to battery channel 1 first and then to charger channel 2 These commands allow both channels to be controlled with a single bus command For queries the battery channel s 1 reading appears first in a response message followed by a comma and then the charger channel s 2 reading Optimizing measurement speed Auto Zero State In general to optimize speed of any application code you should turn auto zero off To turn auto zero off use the AUTO ZERO STATE option under the Main Menu or send the following command over the bus SYSTem AZERo STATe 0 The system auto zero state setting indicates whether background readings are taken A background reading is an internal calibration measurement taken by the power supply between user triggered readings The selected function dictates how many background readings are taken between user triggered readings Certain settings such as changes to integration time force backgrounds to update regardless of this state Other changes such as changing voltage level 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 9 5 Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual settin
60. commands 9 2 Single command messages 6 10 Sink operation wi SOURce command summary 11 13 SPE SPD serial polling 6 6 7 7 SpeeiticatiOns as ERA SEG Eie 1 3 Specifying the timeout length for the pulse 4 4 Standard event status 7 8 7 9 Status byte register esse ee de ee 7 6 command summary 11 14 model structure sissiccascsciersacesanescennn 7 3 register sets sees ee ee 7 2 7 8 Status byte and service request SRQ 7 5 Service request commands 7 8 SRO cic seg erste C ea adn 7 2 status register EE EO EE EN 7 5 Step measurements Integration time ssssss 3 25 SYSTem command summary 11 15 Temperature coefficient TRIG LEV RANGE e de e TE Trigger continuous mode E Trigger delay eie ee RA ee ee High Pulse current measurement 3 3 Trigger edge trigger level and trigger level range sss 4 7 Trigger level 9 2 4 3 yes ee 9 9 Both channels reote 9 9 Triggering the start of the measurement 4 3 Using common and SCPI commands in the same message 6 11 Using FAST SEARch and DETect 3 16 4 12 Using TimeOUT 1 occur DES EI GER ees 4 5 Verification Ambient temperature Environmental conditions e Life DOWOE sirinin Model 2308 Po
61. current limit values to set the output voltage and current limit 2 Select the desired current range see Selecting proper current range for the battery channel 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA Only the 5 A range is supported for the charger channel Note changes to the auto range setting are not used during pulse current measurements but are retained for when pulse current measurements are no longer take 3 Press OPERATE 4 Follow the instructions to select the pulse current display type in Pulse current display mode NOTE If the trigger level is too low or too high the NO PULSE message will be displayed Press the MENU key Press the A or v keys to scroll to PULSE CURRENT Press the 4 or p keys to select Channel 1 or 2 Press ENTER to select Press the A or v keys to scroll to TRIGGER LEVEL Press ENTER to select 11 For the battery channel only press the A or v keys to scroll to the desired current range trigger level 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA 12 Pressthe A V 4 or p keys to scroll to the desired trigger level Gm Jm Om 3 10 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements 13 Press ENTER to save your settings and return to the main menu NOTE If the trigger level is still too low or too high the TRIG NOT DETECTED message will be displayed briefly Note that it may take a few seconds for the me
62. de 4 7 Long integration display mode sse 4 8 Long integration measurement procedure ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 4 8 General NOteS EE 4 9 Determining correct trigger level long integration 4 9 Plc EE 4 11 Command notes long integration measurements 4 12 Using FAST SEARch and DE Iect EE 4 12 Programming examples AE eri rein te rtr EE rent peat enin 4 16 Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Overview 4 2 Long integration is an average current measurement of one or more pulses that can be performed on either the battery channel 1 or the charger channel 2 The integration time can be as long as 60 seconds Since long integration is an average measurement the integration time should be a complete pulse period or an integral number of pulse periods Long integration measurements are accomplished by taking an integral number of integration cycles during the total measurement time An integration cycle is the line cycle period 16 67 ms for 60 Hz plus a small processing time The system calculates the number of integration cycles required based on the total time and rounds down to the nearest integer Therefore the actual measurement time can be slightly less than the requested measurement time by up to one line cycle time one cycle is 16 67 ms for 60 Hz and 20 ms for a 50 Hz line frequency A long int
63. detection For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the reading times out and the pulse is not detected Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode Pulse current digitization The following discussion explains how to digitize a current waveform A programming example at the end of this section demonstrates proper command sequence for pulse current digitization Overall steps for digitization 1 Sync up to desired edge for measurement 2 After detecting edge wait for the internal and also any user trigger delay 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 19 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 3 Take specified number of readings The supply synchronizes to only the first reading After taking the first reading the supply no longer synchronizes to the selected edge nor does it wait for a trigger delay internal or user trigger delay In the pulse current digitization mode with a integration time SENS TIME DIG of 33 us readings are generated approximately every 244 us for battery channel 313 us for charger channel and placed in the instrument measurement output buffer The 244 us or 313 us time interval is the sum of the integration period 33usec and the period required to convert this information into a measurement approximately 211 usec for battery channel 280 us for charger ch
64. each step Remote calibration display The Model 2308 will display the following while being calibrated over the bus CALIBRATING UNIT FROM THE BUS R NOTE The R located on the lower right hand corner of the display indicates remote operation Remote calibration procedure Use the following procedure to calibrate the Model 2308 Table 13 3 summarizes the calibration steps in the proper sequence See Appendix B for command details NOTE Calibration steps must be performed in the following sequence or an error will occur You can abort the procedure and revert to previous calibration constants before SAVE by sending the CAL PROT LOCK command Calibration is performed on both channels at the same time it is not possible to only calibrate one channel Step 1 Prepare the Model 2308 for calibration 1 Connect the Model 2308 to the controller IEEE 488 interface using a shielded interface cable 2 Turn on the Model 2308 and the test equipment and allow them to warm up for at least one hour before performing calibration 3 Make sure the IEEE 488 primary address of the Model 2308 is the same as the address specified in the program you will be using to send commands 4 Send the following command with the correct code to unlock calibration CAL PROT CODE lt code gt For example with the factory default code of KI002308 send CAL PROT CODE K1I002308 5 Send the following command to initiate calibration
65. edge setting TIME lt NRf gt Set integration time in seconds X to 60 where X 1 00 is 0 850 for 60Hz line frequency or 0 840 for 50Hz line frequency TIME Query integration time AUTO Power supply sets integration time TLEVel Path to set trigger level AMP NRf Set the trigger level in amps for use on the 5 A 0 current range 0 0 A 5 0 A in 5 mA steps AMP Query setting for trigger level in amps for use on the 5 A current range HUNDred NRf Set the trigger level in amps for use on the 500 O mA current range 0 0 mA 500 mA in 0 5 mA or 500 pA steps HUNDred Query setting for trigger level in amps for use on the 500 mA current range FIFTy lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use on the 50 mA 0 current range 0 0 mA 50 mA in 0 05 mA or 50 uA steps FIFTy Query setting for trigger level in amps for use on the 50 mA current range FIVE lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use on the 5 mA O current range 0 0 mA 5 mA in 0 005 mA or 5 pA steps FIVE Query setting for trigger level in amps for use on the 5 mA current range trigger level setting TimeOUT lt NRf gt Specify length of timeout 1 to 63 seconds 16 No query or short form exists 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 11 9 Section 11 SCPI Tables Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 11 4 SENSe command summary refer to Table 2
66. ee m B 5 Reading the error QUBUE ees EER ERAS GER R Se SEG AK GER Ge AA Ge SN AA Pe Ee ed B 5 Ena GUNN coerente coupe eg eve nire irren eere EE RH B 5 Status byte EAV Error Available bit se sesse esse ee ee ee se ee eed ee se ee ee B 6 Generating ar SIRO OM SHOP ee ient Rees SERE reddi ENE Ee B 6 Detecting calibration step completion ee ee ER Ee Re AR ee ee B 6 Using the OPC Command EE B 7 Using the OPC query sesse ee ee EE Re be AA Se nnne Re ee AE nena B 7 Generating an SRQ on calibration complete se ee B 7 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Table of Contents This page left blank intentionally Section C9 C COO PO PO 25 DY N MAMM A AAAS Co zl d zl zl dd OO Om Om Om 3 43 4 0500000 WW List of Figures Figure Title Page Figure 1 1 Model 2308 front panel ee se ee ee ee RA ee ene 1 4 Figure 1 2 Model 2308 rear panel isset teneor neris 1 4 Figure 1 3 Simplified power supply diagram uie ees ee RR RA ee ee ee ee 1 5 Figure 1 4 Model 2306 DISP Remote display option 1 6 Figure 1 5 Fuse drawer location entree t er th e 1 8 Figure 2 1 Battery channel preferred connection maximum stability 2 3 Figure 2 2 Battery channel fastest transient response connection 2 4 Figure 2 3 Charger channel 4 wire remote sense connection from the BUT to the ouput tret ertet 2 5 Figure 2 4 Local Sense Connections battery channel and charger channel EE 2 6 Figure 2 5 Charg
67. first period occurs This is not a problem for one shot pulses or for pulses with off times greater than 200 ms Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Figure 4 1 Steady state for waveforms based on low pulse times t 200ms t 200ms lo low Integration time The integration time period can be set automatically or manually by the user The integration time can be as long as 60 seconds For 60 Hz power line frequency the minimum integration time setting is 850 msec For 50 Hz power line frequency the minimum integration setting is 840 msec Use AUTO TIME when you want to perform a long integration measurement of each pulse When the AUTO TIME operation is performed the instrument measures the time between two rising pulse edges and sets an appropriate integration time that will encompass the high and low periods of the pulse This integration time applies for all subsequent long integration measurements until another AUTO TIME is performed or the time is changed manually If you want the integration period to encompass two or more pulses you will have to set the integration time manually However you must make sure that the integration time covers only the portion of the pulse you want to measure For example if you want a long integration of two pulses you must make sure that the set integration time d
68. for lt name gt are VOLTage CURRent PCURrent or LINTegration Since DVMeter is a charger only function sending this command with the name DVMeter will generate a string data error 150 message This command applies to the currently selected function 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 17 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Command notes measure V and and DVM input S S ENSe 1 FUNCtion name Applies to battery channel 1 ENSe2 FUNCtion name Applies to charger channel 2 The parameter name can instead be enclosed in single quotes for example CURRent With DVMeter selected the instrument measures the voltage applied to the input of the digital voltmeter DVM on the charger channel 2 only The PCURrent and LINTegration parameters for FUNCtion which are not listed in Table 2 4 select the pulse current and long integration measurement modes These measurement modes are covered in Section 3 and Section 4 respectively S S ENSe 1 AVERage lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 ENSe2 AVERage lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 When requesting a single reading FETch READ or MEASure average count specifies the number of measurement conversions to average for the reading For example with the average count s
69. for resDpONSES eise ee se ee ke ke Ge ek 6 4 Long integration readings ee ee ee ee AA enne 6 4 Pulso current reading dient dente Lade ete Linee dann 6 4 MAV Message Available Bit eeeeeeeee 6 4 Ed Mede DE de LL 6 5 REN remote enable RR ER ER OE ids 6 5 ROES AE OE N andere 6 6 LLO ii dee ie io RR EE EE EE OE RO EE EN 6 6 GIL g0 t ae E 6 6 s MERIT Ee MED ET 6 6 DDC selective device ClBgr erret dart deter ees 6 6 GET group execute HidOer eise esse riter pte SR Ee DS Ed se Ee 6 6 OPE RE dese OE N EE N ed 6 6 Front panel aspects of GPIB operation ee ee ee EE RR AA AA Ee ee ee 6 6 Remote indicator and LOCAL key see ees ee ee AA ee AA eek 6 7 Error and status messages 6 7 Programming SYK T 6 7 Command words 6 7 LE Mid roc EE OE EO NARE Aaa 6 9 Eer AE eo AA N OE eects 6 11 Message exchange protocol iss se ee RA AE ee ee ee 6 12 7 Status ig ie il MM Dm 7 1 DI AE EO 7 2 EICH byle amd ORG ET 7 2 Status VU BENS D RR ER OE OR EE 7 2 eT AA TD 7 2 Clearing registers and QUCUES nenne 7 3 Programming and reading registers esse Ee ENE EE Ge GE Ge EA Ke tenens 7 4 Programming enable registers essen 7 4 Reading El ME 7 5 Status byte and service request GRO esse ee ee ke ee ee ee 7 5 alus Esto EE 7 6 Service request enable register ee is ee dd Re AA de Ee AA ee ee 7 7 Seral polling EE p E 7 7 Status byte and service request
70. for the unit to detect In this mode the DETECT NO DETECT on the front panel is not reliable and the setting of the PTT bit of the status model will not happen Since checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse looks for the RISING edge this will occur and may set the PTT bit of the status model OFF ON OFF With DETect OFF background long integration measurements will occur between user triggered readings as well as pulse detection If the pulse is detected the front panel will display LONG INT on top line of display along with the reading on the bottom line If no pulses are detected the front panel will display NO PULSE as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit is latched see Section 7 on Status Model a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is displaying LONG INT and a reading Checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse occurs by looking for a rising edge This may set the PTT bit If detecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by search time plus reading time If not detecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by TOUT Therefore the longest response time to bus commands is approximately the greater of either TOUT or search time plus reading time refer Figure 4 3 This functionality occurs if TEDGe is set t
71. forms that can be measured either as one shot pulse or as a continuous pulse train For other pulse forms that can be measured as one shot only pulses see Figure 3 7 For pulse trains that have steps that rise and fall between steps use the one shot method to measure the step values see Pulse sequences rising and falling If the continuous method is used on these pulse trains the first step may trigger on any step that would be appropriate for that trigger level For example a first step trigger level of 200 milliamps may trigger on any step with an expected value greater that 200 milliamps Figure 3 9 shows that with a first step TLEV of 200 milliamps that any one of the six steps may actually trigger as a first step reading Hence the array of step readings may have overflow readings and or expected step values out of sequence In addition this would vary between triggered step measurements Figure 3 6 Sample pulse forms for step method 4 Up 0 Up 5 Up 3 Down 4 Down 0 Down Figure 3 7 Sample one shot only pulses for step method 0 Up 5 Up 5 Down 0 Down Trigger level settings The trigger level may be set to a unique value for each active step Use the TLEVx command to set appropriate trigger levels for each active step in the waveform Make sure that the maximum setting for the selected current range is not exceeded see Range with pulse current step Figure 3 8 has 5 rising edge steps and 4 falling edge steps Set the trigger
72. is 1 000 second incremented in 1ms steps See Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information on properly setting this TimeOUT variable Average readings count Use the AVERAGE READINGS item of the PULSE CURRENT 1 2 menu item to set the average readings count This count specifies the number of measurements integrations to average for each reading For example with measurement count set to 10 each displayed 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 5 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual reading will reflect the average of 10 pulse current measurements Each measurement needs to start after detecting the respective edge for triggering NOTE Set AVERAGE READINGS count in the range of 1 to 100 Trigger delay and trigger level Use the following items of the PULSE CURRENT menu item to set trigger delay and trigger level TRIGGER DELAY Use to specify additional user trigger delay 0 to 100 msec in 10 usec steps See Trigger delay previously discussed in this section for details This user trigger delay is in addition to the internal trigger delay of 10 usec TRIGGER LEVEL Use to specify the trigger level for the 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA current ranges battery channel 1 only Note that pulse current only works on the 5 A current range for the charger channel Pulses less than the specified level are not detected Battery
73. is not a query C and D Table 8 2 OPC and OPC commands Ref OPC OPC Comment A VOLT OPC SENS NPLC OPC Valid battery channel command line SOUR2 VOLTage OPC SENS2 NPLC OPC Valid charger channel command line B VOLTage SENS NPLC Not valid query interrupted OPG OPC error SOUR2 VOLT SENS2 NPLC Not valid query interrupted OPC OPC error C CURR 1 OPC SENS NPLC 5 OPC Valid battery channel command line SOUR2 CURR 1 OPC SENS2 NPLC 5 OPC Valid charger channel command line D CURR 1 SENS NPLC 5 Valid battery channel OPC OPC command line SOUR2 CURR 1 SENS2 NPLC 5 Valid charger channel OPC OPC command line The first line for each reference applies to the battery channel 1 while the second line applies to the charger channel 2 SAV lt NRf gt and RCL lt NRf gt SAV lt NRf gt save Save present setup in memory RCL NRf recall Return to setup stored in memory Parameters 0 Memory location 0 1 Memory location 1 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 8 3 Section 8 Common Commandes Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 2 Memory location 2 3 Memory location 3 Use the SAV command to save the present instrument setup configuration in memory for later recall Any control affected by RST can be saved by the SAV command The R
74. level to 100 mA for 500 mA trigger level range Select rising trigger edge to initiate measurement Set integration time automatically for single pulse Select long integration function Trigger and return one reading and reading shown on display Sets display to charger channel Select 5 A range Set output voltage to 15 V Set current limit to 750 mA Turn output on Select rising trigger edge to initiate measurement Set trigger level to 100 mA Set integration time automatically for single pulse Select long integration function Trigger and return one reading and reading shown on display 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 5 Relay Control In this section Topic Page E CI MR EA EE EE EN 5 2 CSP NIN m 5 3 M le E 5 4 c Eise id OE DLL 5 5 Section 5 Relay Control Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Overview 5 2 Model 2308 can be used to control up to four external relays The control circuit is made up of four peripheral drivers A 5VDC source 250 mADC maximum a coil diode suppression connection and a chassis ground return The drive for the relay may be provided by the supplied 5VDC source or an external DC voltage source Figure 5 1 shows the simplified power supply control circuit and a typical configuration to control an external relay driven by an external power source As shown in the illustration voltage applied to the power supply must not exceed 24VDC and cu
75. lt name gt are VOLTage CURRent PCURrent or LINTegration No query or short form exists 11 12 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual SOURce command summary Section 11 SCPI Tables Table 11 5 SOURce command summary refer to Table 2 3 Default Command Description parameter SCPI SOURce 1 SOURce subsystem for battery channel 1 VOLTage Path to set output voltage V PROTection lt NRf gt Sets VPT offset 0 8V DV PROTection Query setting for VPT offset STATE Query state of VPT no associated command CLAMp lt b gt Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF OFF CLAMp Query state of VPT clamp mode LEVel V IMMediate AMPLitude n Specify voltage amplitude in volts 0 15V 0 0 V with 1mV resolution AMPLitude Query voltage amplitude V CURRent Path to configure current A LIMit Path to configure current limit VALue lt NRf gt Specify current limit value in amps 0 006 5 0 25 with 100uA resolution VALue Query current limit TYPE name Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP LIM TYPE Query current limit type STATe Query state of current limit 1 in current limit for LIMit type or output tripped for TRIP type 0 not in LIMIt TRIP SOURCe2 SOURce subsystem for channel 2 charger channel
76. or measure 1000V or more including the combined effect of normal and common mode voltages Use standard safety precautions to avoid personal contact with these voltages The symbol on an instrument shows that the surface may be hot Avoid personal contact to prevent burns The Ay symbol indicates a connection terminal to the equipment frame If this symbol is on a product it indicates that mercury is present in the display lamp Please note that the lamp must be properly disposed of according to federal state and local laws The WARNING heading in the user documentation explains dangers that might result in personal injury or death Always read the associated information very carefully before performing the indicated procedure The CAUTION heading in the user documentation explains hazards that could damage the instrument Such damage may invalidate the warranty Instrumentation and accessories shall not be connected to humans Before performing any maintenance disconnect the line cord and all test cables To maintain protection from electric shock and fire replacement components in mains circuits including the power transformer test leads and input jacks must be purchased from Keithley Instruments Standard fuses with applicable national safety approvals may be used if the rating and type are the same Other components that are not safety related may be purchased from other suppliers as long as they are equivalent to the original com
77. output off connect the digital multimeter to the OUTPUT 1 SOURCE and SENSE terminals as shown in Figure 12 1 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE and SENSE to INPUT HI SOURCE and SENSE to INPUT LO Select the multimeter DC volts function and enable auto ranging Select Channel 1 by pressing the lt or p keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Make sure actual voltage readings are being displayed use DISPLAY Turn on the output Verify voltage readback accuracy for each of the voltages listed in Table 12 3 For each test point Set the output voltage to the indicated value as measured by the digital multimeter If it is not possible to set the voltage source precisely to the specified value use the closest possible setting and modify reading limits accordingly Set compliance current to 0 25 A or 250 mA Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual voltage reading is within the limits given in the table After changing connections to OUTPUT 2 repeat steps 1 through 4 for Channel 2 use the 4 or gt keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 12 3 Voltage readback accuracy limits Model 2308 output Voltage readback limits Voltage setting 2 Years 18 C 28 C 5 00 V 4 995 to 5 005 V 10 00 V 9 992 to 10 008 V 14 00 V 13 990 to 14 010 V Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated voltage readback accuracy limits bef
78. path pointer is at the third command level in the structure Since enab is also on the third level it can be typed in without repeating the entire path name Notice that the leading colon for enab is not included in the program message If a colon were included the path pointer would reset to the root level and expect a root command Since enab is not a root command an error would occur Command path rules Each new program message must begin with the root command unless it is optional e g SOURce1 If the root is optional treat a command word on the next level as the root The colon at the beginning of a program message is optional and need not be used Example Stat pres stat pres When the path pointer detects a colon it moves down to the next command level An exception is when the path pointer detects a semicolon which is used to separate commands within the program message see next rule When the path pointer detects a colon that immediately follows a semicolon it resets back to the root level Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 6 GPIB Operation The path pointer can only move down it cannot be moved up a level Executing a command at a higher level requires that you start over at the root command Using common and SCPI commands in the same message Both common commands and SCPI comm
79. prompt you for the DMM reading CAL 5 mA CHAN 2 READ1 4 50000 mA Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that voltage reading and actual 3k O resistance value Adjust the Model 2308 current display value to agree with that value and press ENTER Step 4 Enter calibration dates and save calibration 1 13 10 After completing all Channel 1 and Channel 2 calibration steps the unit will prompt if you wish to save calibration CALIBRATE UNIT Save Cal Data YES To save new calibration constants select YES then press ENTER If you wish to exit calibration without saving new calibration constants select NO then press ENTER In that case the unit will revert to prior calibration constants The unit will then prompt you to enter the calibration date CALIBRATE UNIT Cal Date 07 01 2008 Using the edit keys set the calibration date to today s date then press ENTER The unit will display the following CALIBRATE UNIT EXITING CAL Press ENTER to complete the calibration procedure and return to the menu display Calibration is now complete Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 13 Calibration Remote calibration Follow the procedure outlined below to perform Model 2308 remote calibration by sending SCPI commands over the IEEE 488 bus The remote commands and appropriate parameters are separately summarized for
80. queue 3 Use either of the two CLEar commands to clear the error queue Programming and reading registers Programming enable registers The enable registers can be programmed by the user All other registers in the status structure are read only registers The following explains how to ascertain the parameter value for the various commands used to program enable registers The actual commands are covered later in this section refer to Table 7 1 and Table 7 6 A command to program an event enable register is sent with a decimal parameter value that determines the desired state 0 or 1 of each bit in the appropriate register The bit positions of the register Table 7 2 indicate the parameter value in binary format For example if you wish to sets bits B4 B3 and B1 the binary value would be 11010 where B4 1 B3 1 B2 0 B1 1 BO O and all other bits are 0 The decimal equivalent of binary 11010 is 26 Therefore the parameter value for the enable command is 26 Another way to determine the decimal value is to add up the decimal weights for the bits that you wish to set Note that includes the decimal weight for each register bit To set bits B4 B3 and B1 the parameter value would be the sum of the decimal weights for those bits 161842 26 7 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 7 2 16 bit status register A Bits 0 through 7 Sec
81. search Time Period Search Time time allowed for detection of a pulse edge Period time between consecutive pulse edges In other words the timeout value should be set to allow sufficient time for detection of the pulse if the edge is just missed In Figure 3 5 P is the point to start looking for the pulse Since the rising edge was just missed D will be the first detectable rising edge If the timeout is less than search time a pulse trigger time out due to TOUT may occur Therefore if the period 0 4 seconds a good TOUT value would be 0 5 seconds A similar method for selecting a TOUT value would be to use a value equal to 105 of the expected pulse period 3 16 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Figure 3 5 PCURrent and SEARch time for pulse high measurement TOUT TOUT setting must account for Search Time and Period P Search for Pulse High edge started R R Reading time taken and average measurements I Hog Detected pulse edge Rising for pulse high Search Time l 1 Period 9 Search Time lt gt Measured from when unit starts looking for the pulse until the first detectable desired edge This is a rising edge for HIGH and AVG measurements and falling edge for LOW measurements Period Time between consecutive pulse edge
82. sets appropriate integration times The pulse average time is set to the sum of the measured high and low times The three integration times apply for all subsequent pulse measurements until another pulse auto time is performed or the times are changed manually The pulse auto time feature can detect pulses in the 80 usec to 833 msec range Auto time when used accounts for the internal trigger delay 10 usec You can manually set the pulse high time pulse low time and pulse average time However you must make sure the integration time covers the portion of the pulse of interest For example if the pulse is high for 600 usec the high integration time must be lt 600 usec If not you will integrate a low portion of the pulse and the high pulse measurement will be compromised Be sure to factor in 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 3 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual the trigger delay both internal plus user when determining integration times see Figure 3 2 When manually set using the front panel keys the values are changed in increments of 33 3333 usec This ensures that an integral value of 33 3333 usec will be selected NOTE Auto time does not account for user trigger delay if using auto time make sure the user trigger delay is appropriately set for the desired overall measurement time After auto time acquires a time value auto time
83. steps in the sequence Use an array command to trigger this method since an array of values are returned eg READ 1 ARRay TLEV steps TLEV trigger level steps are used to define the pulse sequence A maximum of 20 steps may be defined These steps can be all UP steps all DOWN steps or a combination with the summation of UP and DOWN steps to measure not exceeding 20 see Table 3 5 UP steps are always measured before DOWN steps To use the step method on pulse forms with DOWN steps first special programming considerations can be taken Refer to Pulse sequences down steps first NOTE Do not change the current range after the trigger level ranges are selected Erroneous readings may result Erroneous readings will occur if the existing trigger level settings are out of range for the new current range or if the trigger level settings are unable to detect the pulse on the new current range When using the pulse current step method select the current range first then set the trigger level step values Select the most accurate current range suitable for the highest trigger level step value Current range needs to be specified before step values because the step values max setting is based on selected current range Also only one current range is used during the step operation You may change current ranges the step values will be verified against the new current range see Changing ranges for more detail Table 3 5 Setting UP and
84. the R indicator turns on When the instrument is in the remote state all front panel keys except for the LOCAL key are locked out The LOCAL key cancels the remote state and restores local operation of the instrument Pressing the LOCAL key also turns off the R indicator and returns the display to normal if a user defined message was displayed If the LLO local lockout command is in effect the LOCAL key is also inoperative Error and status messages See Appendix A for a list of error and status messages associated with IEEE 488 programming The instrument can be programmed to generate an SRQ and command queries can be performed to check for specific error conditions Programming syntax The information in the following paragraphs covers syntax for both common commands and SCPI commands For information not covered here refer to Section 8 for common commands or to Section 11 for SCPI commands Also refer the IEEE 488 2 and SCPI standards Command words Program messages are made up of one or more command words and parameters Commands and command parameters Common commands and SCPI commands may or may not use a parameter The following are some examples SAV lt NRf gt Parameter NRf required RST No parameter used DISPlay TEXT STATe lt b gt Parameter b required STATus PRESet No parameter used Put at least one space between the command word and the parameter Brackets Some command words a
85. to agree with the new current then press ENTER The unit will now prompt you for Channel 1 500 mA full scale calibration CAL 500mA CHAN 1 ALL READY TO DO Press ENTER The unit will then prompt you for the DMM reading CAL 500mA CHAN 1 READ1 450 000 mA Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and the actual 4Q resistance value V R Adjust the Model 2308 current display value to agree with the calculated current value and press ENTER The unit will prompt for Channel 1 50 mA full scale calibration CAL 50mA CHAN 1 ALL READY TO DO Return to Section Topics 13 7 Section 13 Calibration Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 19 Press ENTER 20 The unit will then prompt you for the DMM reading CAL 50mA CHAN 1 READ1 45 0000 mA 21 Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and the actual 4 O resistance value V R Adjust the Model 2308 current display value to agree with the calculated current value and press ENTER 22 Disconnect the 4 O resistor then connect the 3 kO resistor in its place use the connections shown in Figure 13 3 23 Make sure the DMM DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected 24 The unit will prompt you for Channel 1 5 mA full scale calibration CAL 5mA CHAN 1 ALL READY TO DO 25 Press ENTER 26 The unit will then prompt you for the DMM reading CAL 5mA CHAN 1 READ1 4 50000 m
86. to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual Channel 1 refers to the battery channel Channel 2 refers to the charger channel Warranty information Warranty information is located at the front of this manual Should your power supply require warranty service contact the Keithley Instruments representative or authorized repair facility in your area for further information When returning the instrument for repair be sure to fill out and include the service form at the back of this manual to provide the repair facility with the necessary information Contact information If you have any questions after reviewing this information please contact your local Keithley representative or call one of our Applications Engineers at 1 800 348 3735 U S and Canada 1 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 1 Getting Started only A complete list of worldwide phone numbers are available on the Keithley Instruments website at www keithley com Specifications Full Model 2308 specifications are included on the Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator Product Information CD ROM Check the Keithley Instruments website at www keithley com for the latest updates to the specifications Inspection The power supply was carefully inspected electrically and mechanically before shipment After unpacking all items from the ship
87. verification procedures If the unit has been subjected to temperature extremes those outside the ranges stated above allow additional time for the instrument s internal temperature to stabilize Typically allow one extra hour to stabilize a unit that is 10 C 18 F outside the specified temperature range Allow the test equipment to warm up for the minimum time specified by the manufacturer 12 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 12 Performance Verification Line power The Model 2308 requires a line voltage of 100 to 240 V and a line frequency of 50 or 60 Hz Verification tests must be performed within this range Recommended test equipment Table 12 1 summarizes recommended verification equipment You can use alternate equipment as long as that equipment has specifications at least four times better than corresponding Model 2308 specifications Keep in mind however that test equipment accuracy will add to the uncertainty of each measurement Table 12 1 Recommended verification equipment Description Manufacturer Model Specifications Digital Multimeter Keithley 2001 DC Voltage 20 V 22 ppm 2 V 120 ppm Resistance 20 Q 59 ppm 200 Q 443 ppm 20k Q 36 ppm 1 O 0 196 100 W 30 O 0 1 50 W 3k Q 0 196 0 25 W Precision Resistor Precision Resistor Precision Resistor
88. voltage calibration Input HI KEITHLEY DISPLAY NEXT POWER 0 GO GOO OO Ga A SENSE j4WIRE HI Input LO 2001 MULTIMETER N Lee us Gepa GERM C I AUTO mom EAR RANGE L 9 O moD ED GED GED ve e Model 2001 DMM KEITHLEY EN CAUTION For CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Model 2308 The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the Channel 1 full scale output voltage CAL VOLTS CHAN 1 READ1 14 0000 V Using the edit keys adjust the Model 2308 voltage display to agree with the DMM voltage reading then press ENTER The unit will then prompt for another DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the full scale Channel 1 measurement function CAL VOLTS CHAN 1 READ2 14 0000 V Connect the digital multimeter volts input and characterized 4 Q resistor to the Model 2308 OUTPUT 1 SOURCE terminals as shown in Figure 13 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Be sure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 13 Calibration Figure 13 2 Connections for 5 A 500 mA and 50 mA current calibration Input HI DISPLAY NEXT POWER
89. 0 mA and 50 mA current calibration 13 7 13 Figure 13 3 Connections for 5 mA range calibration ese ee ee ee ee 13 8 13 Figure 13 4 Charger channel connections for voltage calibration 13 9 vii 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 List of Tables Section Table Title Page 1 ss ME eo MR EE le 1 9 1 Table 12 Display TE 1 10 1 Table 1 3 Factory d faults ST ua sed KEES EK GE EA ES RE EN GR bn 1 11 1 Table 1 4 Main le CEET TE 1 13 2 Table 21 ii EE mm 2 8 2 Table 2 2 Output bandwidth channel setting A 2 11 2 Table 2 3 SCPI command summary outputting voltage and current 2 13 2 Table 2 4 SCPI commands Measure V and and DVM input 2 17 3 Table 3 1 Current range and trigger level settmgs iese ee ee ee 3 6 3 Table 3 2 TRIG NOT DETECTED message sesse ee Sen eg Gee ds ek GN ico ela Ede 3 11 3 Table 3 3 SCPI commands pulse current measurements 3 12 3 Table 3 4 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect commands 3 18 3 Table 3 5 Setting UP and DOWN commande 3 21 d Table 3 6 Trigger Level SEEN SEE EE EEN Seb ERG v Fare beds Se Rg Ges 3 22 3 Table 3 7 Sample NIT 3 23 3 Table 3 8 Sample integration TIMES isss sesse EE EE NE eerte et DRR GENE ER Ek ENE 3 25 A Table 4 1 TRIG NOT DETECTED message 4 10 4 Table 4 2 SCPI commands long integration measurements 4 11 4 Table 4 3 FAST SEARch and DETect command reference
90. 00 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics Appendix B Calibration Reference B 3 Appendix B Calibration Reference Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual B 4 COUNT CALibration PROTected COUNt Purpose To request the number of times the Model 2308 has been calibrated Format cal prot count Response Number of times calibrated Description The COUNT query may be used to determine the total number of times the Model 2308 has been calibrated The calibration count will also be displayed during the front panel calibration procedure Example CAL PROT COUNT Request calibration count DATE CALibration PROTected DATE Purpose To program the calibration date Format cal prot date lt yyyy gt mm lt dd gt Parameter lt yyyy gt 2008 to 2107 mm 1 to 12 lt dd gt 1 to 31 Query cal prot date Response lt yyyy gt mm lt dd gt Description The DATE command allows you to store the calibration date in instrument EEROM for future reference You can read back the date from the instrument by using the DATE query The calibration date will also be displayed during the front panel calibration procedure NOTE The year month and day parameters must be delimited by commas Example CAL PROT DATE 2008 3 1 Send cal date 3 1 2008 INIT CALibration PROTected INIT Purpose To initiate calibration Format cal prot init Description The INIT comman
91. 0ms and a pulse average of 50 the integration will take 25 seconds Because the integration period is 25 seconds set the GPIB timeout for responses to a value greater than 25000 Setting timeout when taking pulse current high and pulse current average readings is similar MAV Message Available Bit The MAV is an alternative to setting the GPIB timeout for responses The MAV is the message available bit of the status register Enabling the MAV bit causes an SRQ to occur when the instrument has a message to send to the computer 6 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 6 GPIB Operation I When using the MAV two additional commands are required SRE 16 and the command that waits for SRQ specific to programming language Example Command Description SRE 16 Sets the MAV bit to enable This command is required before the sending READ command READ Requests power supply to trigger a Programming language specific Programming language specific reading for the selected function on the battery channel 1 Wait for SRQ Request power supply to talk General bus commands General bus commands are those commands such as DCL that have the same general meaning regardless of the instrument Table 6 1 lists applicable general bus commands Table 6 1 General bus commands Command Eff
92. 2 CURR RANG 5 R2 VOLT 15 y R2 CURR 0 75 UTP2 ON Y ENS2 PCUR SYNC OFF R ENS2 PCUR AVER 3600 i ENS2 PCUR SYNC TLEV 0 1 y ENS2 PCUR SYNC DEL 50e 3 R ENS PCUR MODE LOW ENS PCUR TIME DIG le 4 3 ENS2 FUNC PCUR EAD2 ARR O O EE R R R R D oo oo Do o oO o Do o Set trigger delay to 50 msec Configure to measure peak pulse trigger on rising edge Select pulse current function Trigger 10 measurement conversions and return the average of those 10 conver sions The average of the 10 conversions is displayed on the front panel Each of the ten conversion syncs to the rising edge returns 3600 digitized readings Sets active channel battery Select 500 mA range Set output voltage to 15V Set current limit to 750 mA Turn output on Disable trigger synchronization Set average count to 3600 Set trigger level to 100 mA for 500 mA range Set trigger delay to 500 msec Configure to measure low pulse trigger on falling edge Set digitize integration time to 100us Select pulse current function Trigger and return 3600 readings after sync ing to the falling edge for the 1st reading only Sets active channel charger Select 5 A range Set output voltage to 15 V Set current limit to 750 mA Turn output on Disable trigger synchronization Set average count to 3600 Set trigger level to 100 mA Set trigger delay to 50 msec Configure to measure low pulse trigger on fall
93. 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Table 3 3 SCPI commands pulse current measurements cont Command Description Default DELay lt NRf gt Specify trigger delay in seconds 0 0 0 0 0 1 pulse current measurements or 0 0 5 0 pulse current digitization STEP b Performs a series of measurements Pulse current OFF step method UP lt NRf gt 0 20 max is for both up and down combined 1 DOWN NRf 0 20 max is for both up and down combined 1 TIME NRf 33 3usec 100msec 200 usec TimeOUT NRf TimeOUT other than the first 2msec 200msec 2ms INITial lt NRf gt First TimeOUT step 10msec 60secs 2 sec DELay lt NRf gt Omsec 100msec in 10msec steps 0 SEQuence Define up to 19 delay sequence values using the 0 lt NRf NRf index and the time value e g 1 1e 3 sets the first delay to 1ms Ranges 1 19 parameter 1 and 0 to 100e 3 parameter 2 LENgth lt NRf gt Define the delay sequence length 0 to 19 Specify O zero to always use the PCUR STEP DELay value SKIP lt b gt Specify whether 1 or not 0 to skip sequential 0 triggers 1 Only requires 1 trigger 0 Requires multiple triggers TLEVx lt NRf gt Set trigger level for each TLEV step where x equals 0 0 1 20 the maximum settings are based on the selected current
94. 3 Table 3 2 and Table 4 2 Default Command Description parameter SCPI TimeouT Quwryt meut II SEARCh b Enable or disable pulse search ON SEARCh Query state of pulse search FAST lt b gt Enable or disable long integration fast readings OFF mode FAST Query long integration fast readings mode DETect lt b gt Enable or disable long integration detect pulse OFF only mode DETect Query detect mode SENSe2 SENSe subsystem for channel 2 charger channel FUNCtion lt name gt Select measurement function VOLTage VOLT CURRent DVMeter PCURrent or LINTegration FUNCtion Query measurement function NPLCycles n Specify integration rate in line cycles for voltage 1 V current and DVM measurements 0 002 to 10 NPLCycles Query integration rate 4 AVERage NRf Specify the average count for voltage current and 1 DVM measurements 1 to 10 AVERage Query average count CURRent DC Path to configure the current measurement V function RANGe Current measurement range 4 UPPer NRf Specify expected current measurement which 5 0 V will select 5 mA or 5 A for current range UPPer Query current measurement range 4 AUTO b Enable or disable auto range OFF V AUTO Query state of auto range PCURrent Path to configure the pulse current measurement function refer to Section 3 AVERage lt NRf gt Specify average count dependent on 1 SYNC STAT pulse cur
95. 8 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Appendix A Error and Status Messages Table A 1 Error and status messages all models cont Number Description Event 148 Character data not allowed EE 144 Character data too long EE 141 Invalid character data EE 140 Character data error EE 124 Too many digits EE 123 Exponent too large EE 121 Invalid character in number EE 120 Numeric data error EE 114 Header suffix out of range EE 113 Undefined header EE 112 Program mnemonic too long EE 111 Header separator error EE 110 Command header error EE 109 Missing parameter EE 108 Parameter not allowed EE 105 GET not allowed EE 104 Data type error EE 103 Invalid separator EE 102 Syntax error EE 101 Invalid character EE 100 Command error EE 000 No error SE 101 Operation complete SE 301 Reading overflow battery channel SE 302 Pulse trigger detection timeout battery channel SE 306 Reading available battery channel SE 307 Reading overflow charger channel SE 308 Pulse trigger detection timeout charger channel SE 309 Reading available charger channel SE 310 Buffer full battery channel SE 311 Buffer full charger channel SE 320 Current limit event battery channel SE 321 Current limit tripped event battery channel SE 322 Heatsink shutdown event SE 323 Power supply shutdown event SE 324 Current limit event charger channel SE 325 Current limit tripped event charger channel SE 326 Overvoltage prot
96. 87 2 and defines a standard set of commands to control every programmable aspect of the instrument GPIB bus connections To connect the power supply to the GPIB bus use a cable equipped with standard IEEE 488 connectors The IEEE connector on the power supply is shown in Figure 6 1 Figure 6 1 IEEE 488 connector IV 4 SLOWBLOW RELAY s LINE RATING pU JONES Biv IEEE 488 REI E ENTER IEEE ADDRESS FROM FRONT PANEL MENU PTION e W IEEE 488 Connector NOTE To minimize interference caused by electromagnetic radiation use only shielded IEEE 488 cables Available shielded cables from Keithley Instruments are Models 7007 1 and 7007 2 For a multi unit test system you can daisy chain the instruments to the controller by connecting an IEEE cable from one unit to another Figure 6 2 shows a typical multi unit connecting scheme daisy chaining Although any number of connectors could be stacked on one instrument s GPIB port avoid possible mechanical damage by not stacking more than three 6 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 6 GPIB Operation Most controllers are equipped with an IEEE 488 style connector but a few may require a different type of connecting cable See the controller s instruction manual if it is not equipped with an IEEE 488 style connector CAUTION The IEEE 488 connector on the interface accepts metric sc
97. A 27 Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and the actual 3 KO resistance value V R Adjust the Model 2308 current display value to agree with the calculated current value and press ENTER Figure 13 3 Connections for 5 mA range calibration Input LO KEITHLEY pula OUTPUT 1 connections shown Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel 2001 MULTIMETER eo00Q0Q0Q0Q0QOo A DISPLAY EN F 3 KO SA GED GED Geen C zeen e E Resistor RANGE i POWER 2 O Gl Ga Gage Gren v e Model 2001 DMM A S NS EM spurte e 9 CY e a CAUTION For CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Model 2308 Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals 13 8 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator Users Manual Section 13 Calibration Step 3 Perform charger channel calibration steps Figure 13 4 Charger channel connections for voltage calibration Input HI KEITHLEY pup Input LO o 00000000 DISPLAY i j wen E GEED GED m CO CD eee uM Es POWER RANGE AMPS 8 O ke GE EED GED e e Model 2001 DMM t SEE hd E KEITHLEY MESAN CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Model 2308 1 Connect the OUTPUT 2 SOUR
98. A 3 989 to 4 011 A 4 500 A 4 488 to 4 512 A Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated compliance current accuracy limits before verification Current readback accuracy The test used to verify that current readback accuracy is within specified limits involves setting the output current to specific values as measured with a resistor and precision digital multimeter 5 A range readback accuracy NOTE When verifying the battery channel 1 make sure to connect the source and source to the same pair of pins both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them due to the internal resistance present on the inner ones Doing so will generate incorrect verification data To verify that current readback accuracy is within specified limits 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 1 Q resistor to the OUTPUT 1 SOURCE terminals as shown in Figure 12 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Be sure to use 4 wire connections to the resistor terminals Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto ranging Press the lt or p keys to select Channel 1 Select the 5 A readback range Make sure actual current readings are displayed Turn on the output Verify 5A range current readback accuracy for the currents listed in Table 12 5 For each test point By changing the outp
99. AA AA ee ee ee ee ee 12 2 Environmental conditons iS rte EERS ER EEN rne nee Se Ee RR RE Ee 12 2 Warm up period ee ee ee ER ER AA AE ee ee ee ee AA Re AA ee ee ee ee ee 12 2 Be REDEEM 12 3 Recommended test equipment ie ek RR AA AE ee RR AA ede ee 12 3 Resistor TOMASO TOTS EE 12 3 Resistor considersltiolis eee REKE a iai aaia ai 12 4 KE AU EE 12 4 Example limite calculation TE 12 4 Performing the verification test procedures ese de ee ee 12 4 E Trau TEE 12 4 Test considerations ee ee ee RR ER AA AE ee ee ee ee AA Re ee ee ee ee ee ee 12 5 Output voltage amp eCHEaey iis er EERS eae rre EES ENE Ge EK EER RES EEN unread 12 5 Voltage readback accuracy iese RR AA RA Ee ee ee ee AA AA ee ee ee ee ee 12 7 Compliance current Spora Locas iade een KERE aa 12 8 Current readback accuracy esse ee ee Ee ee ee ee AA AA Ge ee ee ee ee ee RE 12 9 5 A range readback accuracy iese ee Ge Ke GR Ai ee AA ee ek Ke 12 9 500 mA range readback accuracy sesse ee ee AA ee 12 10 50 mA range readback accuraCY ees se ee ee ke ee ee ee ee 12 12 5 mA range readback accuracy esse ees Se EE SA SR RR Ge ee Se Red ee ee se Ee ei 12 13 Digital voltmeter input ACCURACY sei edge REEL Seed ee Se ed dee SNYE RA de GN ER 12 15 Section 12 Performance Verification Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Introduction The procedures in this section verify that measurement accuracy is within the limits stated in the accuracy specific
100. Bl eers seed eot retira eet eines SCPI programming DVM sse eem mene eise ve MEM OO OE EN Table of Contents Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section Topic Programming examples E Outputting and reading back V and DYM PSS SUITS EE El ask diie OR E ED EE 3 Pulse Current Measurements sse 4 5 AA RE OE EE E lugo EE EE RE EE Hip el ea N RE N OE on ans ESE UMOS TEES Average readings TEE Measurement Confguration nna CUNEN FANGS AR EE EE Integration times sees ee Ke Ge ee kk Ge ee EA Ge ee Ee Ke ee nante ee ee ke ee Average readings COUN MEME EE OR EE RE ER IE Trigger delay and trigger level ee ese ee ee Ke ee ee ek ee Ee Pulse current display mode eiecti EE Pulse current measurement procedure esse esse ee ee ee Re ee ee ee No pulses deleted nette t dece ate ente Determining correct trigger level pulse current TRIG NOT DETECTED message SCPI programming pulse current measurements esse ee ek ee Command notes pulse current measurements Using FAST SEAIRch and DE TOER eie eee etn tta at tee aen a c Pulse GUIMGIN oe ue recon trina Pr rt rco s Pulse current Step med iese RR eto n end ENGEN WEY SIGS RT Iu ME e EE integration m Range with pulse current step Programming examples EE EE RE RE cra Pulse current measurements iese ede ee ee ee de P
101. Bos commands E Em 9 10 Command iie IEEE 9 10 Trigger continuous mode ee ee ee ee AA RR ee AA ee ee eren 9 10 Ee el OE RE N aera deseo 9 10 Command notes 9 11 Using trigger continuous mode se ee ee ee Ke Re ee Ke de ee 9 11 Programming sequence example ee ee EE EE Ee ee ee ee 9 11 Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Overview The signal oriented measurement commands are used to acquire readings You can use these high level instructions to control the measurement process These commands are summarized in Table 9 1 Table 9 1 Signal oriented measurement command summary Command Description FETCh 1 Returns the last reading from battery channel 1 Triggered before reading s FETCh 1 ARRay Returns the last array of readings from battery channel 1 Triggered before reading s FETCh2 Returns the last reading from charger channel 2 Triggered before reading s FETCh2 ARRay Returns the last array of readings from charger channel 2 Triggered before reading s READ 1 Triggers and returns a new battery channel 1 reading READ 1 ARRay Triggers and returns a new array of battery channel 1 readings READ 1 AMP Switch to 5A range then take a measurement on battery channel 1 READ 1 HUNDred Switch to 500mA range the
102. CE SENSE and DVM IN terminals to the DMM as shown in Figure 13 4 DMM input connections HI SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN LO SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN 2 The Model 2308 will prompt you to set the full scale Channel 2 output voltage CAL VOLTS CHAN 2 SET 14 0000 V 3 Use the edit keys to set the voltage to 14 0000V then press ENTER 4 The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the Channel 2 full scale output voltage CAL VOLTS CHAN 2 READ1 14 0000 V 5 Using the edit keys adjust the Model 2308 voltage display to agree with the DMM voltage reading then press ENTER The unit will prompt for another DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the full scale Channel 1 measurement function CAL VOLTS CHAN 2 READ2 14 0000 V 6 Using the edit keys adjust the display to agree with the new DMM voltage reading then press ENTER The unit will prompt for Channel 2 DVM full scale calibration CAL DVM CHAN 2 ALL READY TO DO 7 Press ENTER to complete Channel 2 DVM full scale calibration 8 Connect the digital multimeter volts input and characterized 4 Q resistor to the Model 2308 OUTPUT 2 SOURCE terminals using the same general connections shown in Figure 13 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO 9 Be sure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 13
103. CL and RST commands see Section 8 or details The power on setup is selected using the SYSTem POSetup command see Section 10 Menu Many aspects of operation are configured from the menus summarized in Table 1 4 Use the rules following the table to navigate through the menu structure NOTE The menu key is used to access the menu structure However if in remote for IEEE 488 bus operation R displayed below ON OFF the menu key returns the instrument to LOCAL operation 1 12 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 1 Getting Started Table 1 4 Main MENU structure Menu item Description Ref GPIB ADDRESS Set primary address 0 to 30 Sect 6 CURRENT RANGE 1 2 Select current range Sect 2 Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 5A 5A 500 mA 5mA 50 mA AUTO 5 mA AUTO NPLC RATE 1 2 Set integration rate in NPLC 0 002 to 10 Sect 2 AVER READINGS 1 2 Set average reading count 1 to 10 Sect 2 SAVE SETUP Save present setup in memory SAVO SAV3 Note 1 RECALL SETUP Recall setup from memory RST SAVO SAV3 Note 1 POWER ON SETUP Select power on setup RST SAVO SAV3 Note 1 CALIBRATE UNIT Calibrate unit see Calibration Sec 13 VOLT PROTECT 1 2 Set voltage protection range 0 8 V and clamp ON OFF Sect 2 CURR LIM MODE 1 2 Select current limit mode LIMit or TRIP Note 2 AUTO ZERO STATE Set auto zero state
104. CL command is used to restore the instrument to the saved setup configuration Four setup configurations can be saved and recalled SAV and RCL are global commands not channel specific Consequently when a setup is saved or recalled both channels are affected NOTE The output is always off when a memory location is recalled RST RST reset Return power supply to RST defaults When the RST command is sent the power supply performs the following operations 1 Returns the instrument to the RST default conditions see Default column of SCPI tables in Section 11 2 Cancels all pending commands 3 Cancels response to any previously received OPC and OPC commands TRG TRG 1 trigger Send battery channel 1 bus trigger to power supply TRG2 trigger Send charger channel 2 bus trigger to power supply Use the TRG command to trigger a single reading for the function presently selected If the average count is gt 1 then the single reading will be the average reading TST TST self test query Run self test and read result Use this query command to perform a checksum test on ROM The command places the coded result 0 or 1 in the output queue When the power supply is addressed to talk the coded result is sent from the output queue to the computer A returned value of zero 0 indicates that the test passed and a value of one 1 indicates that the test failed WAI WAI wait to continue Wa
105. Commande ese ee de ee 7 8 IS UENIT 7 8 Register bit descriplioris ies ERKEN GRAAG SR GER Ge ER Lede ted RR Ge Ee EEN 7 8 ele il EC 7 12 EA MEER 7 12 Event enable TESISEBER c HEERSER GE rr bre verte GE GR GESE s 7 13 e r1 VES 7 14 APU ss UE 7 15 yai RE EE EE N 7 15 Programming example read error oueue esse ee ee ke ee 7 16 8 Common Commands EE 8 1 BE EE E eh OE OE OR EE T 8 2 IEEE 488 2 common commands and ouertes sesse ese see ee ee ee ee ee ee ee nn 8 2 HEL AE AE EE EN 8 2 NO ET 8 3 SAV NRS amd ROL TEE 8 3 dll EE 8 4 Mic 8 4 M irc EE EO N P 8 4 MP E OE 8 4 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 9 10 11 12 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Topic Page Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed 9 1 CNW EE 9 2 Command notes Signal oriented measurement commands A AUNTS RR MO EE RE N AE 9 3 Optimizing measurement speed 9 5 PUNE ber T 9 5 Programming examiploS sssi OE OE NEA SERENAT 9 6 GPIB 488 1 porotocOl tennene 9 7 Selecting the 488 1 ppesteree is ALS ier ifie 9 7 Protocol differences A 9 8 Tigger on ee EE 9 9 BUS CONMMMANGS OR OE aa ra n RR n nn REP aa ern an nois 9 10 RENE EE E 9 10 Trigger continuos mod RR EE 9 10 Bus commands EE EE N 9 10 Command NOOS ER EE 9 11 Using trigger continuous mode 9 11 Programming sequence example
106. DOWN commands Command Description SENS PCUR STEP UP 1 1 UP 1 DOWN default 20 this command is ok SENS PCUR STEP UP 20 20 UP 1 DOWN gt 20 this command generates an error message 222 parameter out of range Both the up and down settings stay at 1 SENS PCUR STEP DOWN 3 3 DOWN 1 UP 20 this command is ok SENS PCUR STEP UP 12 12 UP 3 DOWN lt 20 this command is ok SENS PCUR STEP DOWN 10 12 UP 10 DOWN gt 20 this command generates an error message 222 parameter out of range The down setting stays at 3 Active steps refer to valid UP steps plus valid DOWN steps If pulse current step method is selected when a trigger command is received the number of measurements taken equals the number of active steps Therefore to receive all measurements at once use array commands If array commands are not used then a single reading is returned This single reading represents the average of the active step measurements NOTE If there are zero 0 active steps when a trigger command for step is received number of steps UP the number of steps DOWN 0 one reading will be returned an overflow 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 21 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual The step method can be used on a variety of pulse forms See Figure 3 6 for pulse
107. Decimal EN 256 KS Weights 28 Cal Calibration Summary amp Logical AND OR Logical OR Condition registers As Figure 7 1 shows each status register set except the standard event register set has a condition register A condition register is a real time read only register that constantly updates to reflect the present operating conditions of the instrument For example when a current pulse is not detected on the battery channel bit B4 PTT1 of the measurement condition register will be set 1 When the pulse is detected the bit clears 0 The commands to read the condition registers are listed in Table 7 4 For details on reading registers see Reading registers Table 7 4 Common and SCPI commands condition registers Command Description STATus STATus subsystem OPERation CONDition Read operation condition register MEASurement CONDition Read measurement condition register QUEStionable CONDition Read questionable condition register Event registers As Figure 7 1 shows each status register set has an event register When an event occurs the appropriate event register bit sets to 1 The bit remains latched to 1 until the register is reset Reading an event register clears the bits of that register CLS resets all four event registers 7 12 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 7 Status Structur
108. Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual FORMat command summary FORMEL commend summary refer to Format subsystem in Section 10 Command Description Default parameter SCPI FORMat DATA lt type gt Specify data format ASCii SREal or ASCii V DREal DATA Query data format A BORDer name Specify byte order NORMal or SWAPped 4 SWAPped BORDE r Query byte order A 11 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual OUTPut command summary Section 11 SCPI Tables Table 11 3 OUTPut command summary refer to Table 2 3 and Table 5 2 Default Command Description parameter SCPI OUTPut 1 OUTPut subsystem for battery channel 1 V STATe b Turn output ON or OFF OFF A STATe Query state of output A BANDwidth Specifies HIGH or LOW bandwidth when the output LOW state is ON When output is OFF the bandwidth is LOW and the user setting is not applied Once the output is ON the user setting takes effect BANDwidth Query bandwidth setting for when output is ON IMPedance NRf Specifies the output impedance to apply 0 OFF to 0 1 Q max in 10 mA steps IMPedance Query impedance setting RELayl name Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit ZERO for relay 1 RELayl Query the value at relay 1
109. EAD2 ARRay measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Specify integration time in sec for average pulse 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or burst 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Pulse detection triggering Send ON to select pulse current measurements or ON OFF to select pulse current digitization Set trigger level in amps 0 0 5 0 0 0 Specify trigger delay in seconds 0 0 0 0 0 1 pulse current measurements or 0 0 5 0 pulse current digitization Enable or disable pulse current fast readings OFF Enable or disable pulse current search ON Enable or disable pulse current detection mode OFF Specify length of timeout 5ms 32s incrementing in 1 sec 1ms Trigger and return one reading for battery channel 1 Trigger an array of readings and return them for battery channel 1 Trigger and return one reading for charger channel 2 Trigger an array of readings and return them for charger channel 2 Command notes pulse current measurements ENSe2 FUNCtion PCUI ENSe 1 FUNCtion PCURrent Applies to battery channel 1 Rrent Applies to charger channel 2 ENSe 1 PCURrent AVI ERage lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 S S This parameter name can also be enclosed in single quotes as shown above S S ENSe2 PCURrent AVERage lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 1 When
110. EE NR Re EERS eN Ge de 12 5 Voltage readback accuracy ee ee de ee ke ee ek ke ee ee Re ee ee ke ee de nnn 12 7 Compliance current ACCUTACY isa eee ete tete ertet nte ena ei 12 8 Current readback accuracy eene 12 9 5 A rande readback accuracy eere etin eines 12 9 500 mA range readback accuracy see ee ee ee ee 12 10 50 mA range readback accuracy iis ee ee ER EE Ee ee ee Ke se ee 12 12 5 mA range readback accuracy eene 12 13 Digital voltmeter input aecCUlalby ii occideret ertet heel ina 12 15 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 13 Appendix A B Topic Page CGalbratnon eene nnns 13 1 gered ie or m 13 2 Environmental conditions TEE 13 2 Temperature and relative humidity iss ees se ee ee ee ee ee Re ed 13 2 Warm up pernod AE EE AE EE M 13 2 M ds AE PA DSL 13 2 Calibration considerallotia 2er iarna erd ru etd uana Re denn hup dad etna 13 2 cv RLE TE 13 3 Recommended calibration equipment ees ee EA Ee AA Ge ee ee 13 3 Resistor Gonne ctione OE EE a 13 3 Resistor considerations ii ee Ee RR ee Ge Re AA ee ee ee ee ee 13 3 Front panel calibration AE AE AO EE E 13 4 Step 1 Prepare the Model 2308 for calibration 13 4 Step 2 Perform battery channel calibration steps 13 5 Step 3 Perform charger channel calibration steps
111. ENTER to select resent the instrument is in the setting 2 DVM is a Channel 2 only feature NOTE For details about display modes see Display modes 2 18 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Measurement configuration The NPLC RATE 2 and AVER READINGS 2 for DVM measurements can be checked or changed from the menu which is accessed by pressing the MENU key Select Channel 2 by pressing the or p keys NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the tables These two measurement configuration menu items are the same ones used for SINGLE V AND I measurements see Measurement configuration for details on NPLC rate and average readings SCPI programming DVM The commands to perform V AND measurements on the charger channel 2 are also used to perform DVM measurements These commands are documented in Table 2 3 The DVM measurements programming example at the end of this section demonstrates how to use these commands to measure the DVM input Sink operation Either channel can sink current if its load is at a higher voltage then the channel s output This enables a channel to simulate a discharged battery and the second channel to simulate a charger so that a device s charger control circuitry can be tested Figure 2 5 Charger Control Circuit Testing
112. HLEY 2306 DISP REMOTE DISPLAY OPERATE ana Plug the remote display module into the rear panel connector labeled REMOTE DISPLAY OPTION see rear panel in Figure 1 2 When plugged in the main display module is disabled with the following message displayed REMOTE PANEL ENABLED When the remote display module is unplugged control returns to the main display module NOTE When using the remote display VFD BRIGHTNESS may not appear in the main menu dependent on the firmware revision in the unit When connecting or disconnecting the remote display allow a few seconds for the power supply to recognize the action Fast repeated connects disconnects of the remote display may cause the power supply to hang or appear to hang Disconnecting the remote display and waiting a few seconds to reconnect it may clear the problem If not cycling power on the power supply clears the condition 1 6 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 1 Getting Started Power up Line power connection The power supply operates from a line voltage in the range of 100 120VAC 200 240VAC at a frequency of 50 or 60 Hz 165 V AC Line voltage and frequency are automatically sensed therefore there are no switches to set Check to see that the line power in your area is compatible Use the SYSTem LFRequency query see Section 10 to read the line frequ
113. Make sure that the test equipment is properly warmed up and connected to the appropriate Model 2308 OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 terminals depending on which channel you are calibrating Always allow the source signal to settle before calibrating each point Do not connect test equipment to the Model 2308 through a scanner or other switching equipment Calibration must be performed in the sequence outlined in this manual or an error will occur Both channels are calibrated during calibration Ifan error occurs during calibration the Model 2308 will generate an appropriate error message See Appendix B for more information WARNING The maximum common mode voltage voltage between LO and chassis ground is 22VDC Exceeding this value may cause a breakdown in insulation creating a shock hazard 13 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 13 Calibration Calibration cycle Perform calibration at least once every two years to ensure the unit meets or exceeds its specifications Recommended calibration equipment Table 13 1 lists the recommended equipment for the calibration procedures You can use alternate equipment as long as that equipment has specifications at least four times better than corresponding Model 2308 specifications See also Resistor considerations later in this section for important temperature coefficient
114. Queries the present current range for the battery channel 1 Most commands that require a numeric parameter n can also use the DEFault MINimum and MAXimum parameters for the query form These query forms are used to determine the RST default value and the upper and lower limits for the fundamental command Examples Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 6 GPIB Operation SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe DEFault Queries the RST default value SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe MINimum Queries the lowest allowable value SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe MAXimum Queries the largest allowable value Case sensitivity Common commands and SCPI commands are not case sensitive You can use upper or lower case and any case combination Examples RST DATA STATus PRESet rst data istatus preset Long form and short form versions A SCPI command word can be sent in its long form or short form version The command subsystem tables in Section 17 provide the long form version However the short form version is indicated by upper case characters Examples STATus PRESet long form STAT PRES short form STATus PRES long form and short form combination Note that each command word must be in either long form or short form For example STATu PRESe is illegal and will generate an error The command will not be execut
115. ROT STEPI4 DMM Reading Send the following command for DVM full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP15 Connect the Model 2308 OUTPUT 2 SOURCE terminals to the DMM volts input and characterized 4O resistor Use the connections shown in Figure 13 2 but make your connections to the OUTPUT 2 terminals instead Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT Hl SOURCE to INPUT LO Make sure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected Send the following command to output 1 9 A for 5 A full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP16 1 9 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and 40 resistor value Send the following command using that calculated current as the parameter CAL PROT STEP17 Calculated Current For example if the current value is 1 894 A the command would appear as follows CAL PROT STEP17 1 894 Note and record a new DMM voltage reading then again calculate the current from the voltage and resistance Send the calculated current value as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP18 Calculated Current 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 13 13 Section 13 Calibration Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 11 Connect the characterized 3 KQ resistor in place of the 4 Q resistor Figure 13 3 12 Make sure the DMM DC volts function and a
116. SAVx RST where x 0to3 POSetup Query power on setup 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 11 15 Section 11 SCPI Tables Table 11 7 SYSTem command summary refer to System subsystem in Section 10 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual MI Command P Lr STATe b STATe AZERO STATe p STATe TRIGger TALK BOTH lt b gt BOTH CONTinuous b CONTinuous Description Path to select GPIB protocol Select 488 1 OFF or SCPI ON protocol Query selected protocol Path to control auto zero Enable ON or disable OFF auto zero Query auto zero state Path to trigger commands Path to talk commands Set b to 1 or ON to enable 2 reading trig on talk 0 or OFF disable 2 reading trig on talk but reads the active channel CH1 READ1 CH2 READ2 Query trigger on talk Set b to 1 or ON to enable trigger continuous mode which automatically turns display OFF 0 or OFF disables mode and automatically turns display back ON Query trigger continuous mode Default parameter SCPI ON ON OFF OFF 11 16 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 12 Performance Verification In this section Topic Page es AA EE RR OE ER ET OE N 12 2 Verification test reouirements ie se ee ee ee Ee
117. Select measurement function VOLTage VOLT CURRent PCURrent or LINTegration FUNCtion Query measurement function NPLCycles n Specify integration rate in line cycles for voltage 1 4 and current 0 002 to 10 NPLCycles Query integration rate 4 AVERage NRf Specify the average count for voltage and current 1 1 to 10 AVERage Query average count CURRent DC Path to configure the current measurement V function RANGe Current measurement range 4 UPPer lt NRf gt Change ranges based on NRf value NRf value 5 0 4 setting will designate one of four ranges 5 mA 50 mA 500 mA and 5 A UPPer Query current measurement range 4 AUTO b Enable or disable auto range OFF V AUTO Query state of auto range PCURrent Path to configure the pulse current measurement function see Section 3 AVERage lt NRf gt Specify average count dependent on 1 SYNC STAT pulse current measurements 1 to 100 sync ON pulse current digitization 1 to 5000 sync OFF AVERage Query average count dependent on SYNC STAT MODE name Select pulse current measurement mode HIGH HIGH LOW or AVERage MODE Query pulse current measurement mode TIME Path to set pulse current integration times AUTO Power supply sets integration times accounts for internal trigger delay but not user delay DEL HIGH lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for high pulse 3 333E 05 measurements
118. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES NEITHER KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC NOR ANY OF ITS EMPLOYEES SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF ITS INSTRUMENTS AND SOFTWARE EVEN IF KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC HAS BEEN ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES SUCH EXCLUDED DAMAGES SHALL INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO COST OF REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION LOSSES SUSTAINED AS THE RESULT OF INJURY TO ANY PERSON OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY KEITHLEY A GREATER MEASURE OF CONFIDENCE Keithley Instruments Inc Corporate Headquarters 28775 Aurora Road Cleveland Ohio 44139 440 248 0400 Fax 440 248 6168 1 888 KEITHLEY 1 888 534 8453 www keithley com 3 07 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 2008 Keithley Instruments Inc All rights reserved Any unauthorized reproduction photocopy or use the information herein in whole or in part without the prior written approval of Keithley Instruments Inc is strictly prohibited TSP TSP Link and TSP Net are trademarks of Keithley Instruments Inc All other brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders Cleveland Ohio U S A Document Number 2308 900 01 Rev A
119. UT 1 SOURCE terminals to the DMM volts input and characterized 4O resistor as shown in Figure 13 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO 6 Make sure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected 7 Send the following command to output 1 9 A for 5 A full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP3 1 9 8 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and characterized 4Q resistor value Send the following command using that calculated current as the parameter CAL PROT STEPA Calculated Current For example with a current value of 1 894 A the command would appear as follows CAL PROT STEPA 1 894 9 Note and record a new DMM voltage reading then again calculate the current from the voltage and resistance Send the calculated current value as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP5 Calculated Current 10 Send the following command to output 450 mA for 500 mA full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP6 11 Send the following command to output 450 mA for 500 mA full scale calibration 13 12 CAL PROT STEP7 Calculated Current For example if the current value is 450 mA the command would be CAL PROT STEP7 450e 3 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 13 Calibration 12 13 14 15 16 17
120. al command to program the register NOTE RST has no effect on status structure registers and queues See Queues for details on the error queue 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 7 3 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 7 1 Common and SCPI commands reset registers and clear queues Commands Description Ref To reset registers Reset all bits of the following event registers to 0 CLS Standard event register Operation event register Measurement event register Questionable event register STATus STATus subsystem PRESet Reset all bits of the following enable registers to 0 Note 1 Operation event enable register Measurement event enable register Questionable event enable register To clear error queue CLS Clear all messages from error queue Note 2 STATus STATus subsystem QUEue Error queue NEXT Read and clear the oldest error status message CLEar Clear all messages from error queue Note 3 SYSTem SYSTem subsystem ERRor Read and clear the oldest error status message CLEar Clear all messages from error queue Note 3 Notes 1 The standard event enable register is not reset by STATus PRESet or CLS Send the 0 parameter value with ESE to reset all bits of that enable register to 0 see Status byte and service request commands for service request enable register 2 STATus PRESet has no effect on the error
121. al measure error charger channel mA source cal prepare error charger channel mA source cal measure error charger channel Date of calibration not set Calibration data invalid Reading buffer data lost GPIB address lost Power on state lost DC Calibration data lost Calibration dates lost GPIB communication data lost Questionable calibration Internal system error EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE SE EE EE error event SE status event SYS system error event Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Appendix B Calibration Reference In this Appendix Topic Page bist T B 2 Command summary sees see eed ee Re ee ee enne Ke ee ee Re ee ee nennen nen B 2 Miscellaneous EOMSREE esse EE Pe Ge EE EER detecte trece ene B 2 Detecting calibration errors nennen B 5 Reading the error queue ien en etie eie i GE SERE ee VD eed B 5 Err surrguerg EE N B 5 Status byte EAV Error Available bit ees sees se ees se es see ee ee ee eek ede ee B 6 Generating an SRO OI erfor ies ESE ESE GEKEER Ee RES eg SEE GEE Eb ke B 6 Detecting calibration step completion SE ER GESAAG GE SN RE KEN Need de B 6 Using d OPC EE LR N EE N OER B 7 MS Ek ES ED o AO EE EE B 7 Generating an SRQ on calibration complete ie se ee AA B 7 Appendix B Calibration Reference Model 2308
122. al number yyyyy zzzzz is the firmware revision levels of the digital board and display board ROMs 8 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 8 Common Commands OPC OPC operation complete Sets OPC bit OPC operation complete query Places a 1 in output queue When OPC is sent the OPC bit in the standard event register will set after all pending command operations are complete When OPC is sent an ASCII 1 is placed in the output queue after all pending command operations are complete Typically either one of these commands is sent after a reading or reading array is requested While the instrument is acquiring readings all commands except DCL SDC IFC TRG and GET that are sent are not executed After all readings are acquired the instrument returns to the idle at which time all pending commands including OPC and or OPC are executed Syntax The following syntax rules explain how to use OPC and OPC with other commands refer to Table 8 2 for examples OPC and OPC can be used in conjunction with battery channel 1 commands or charger channel 2 commands see Table 8 2 Send OPC or OPC separated by a semicolon on the same line with a query see Ref A in Table 8 2 If sent on separate lines an error occurs B OPC or OPC can also be sent on the same line or a separate line with a command that
123. al voltage and current Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 Select battery channel as active one VOLT 5 Set output voltage to 5V SENS CURR RANG AUTO ON Enable auto range for current CURR 750e 3 Set current limit to 750mA CURR TYPE TRIP Select trip mode for current limit SENS FUNC VOLT Select the voltage measurement function SENS NPLC 2 Set integration rate to 2 PLC SENS AVER 5 Set average reading count to 5 OUTP ON Turn on the power supply output READ Trigger 5 voltage measurement conversions and return the average of those 5 conversions The average reading is displayed on the front panel SENS FUNC CURR Select current measurement function READ Trigger 5 current measurement conversions and return the average of those 5 conversions The average of the 5 readings is displayed on the front panel Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 Select charger channel as active one SOUR2 VOLT 5 Set output voltage to 5V SENS2 CURR RANG AUTO ON Enable auto range for current SOUR2 CURR 750e 3 Set current limit to 750mA SOUR2 CURR TYPE LIM Select LIM mode for current limit SENS2 FUNC VOLT Select the voltage measurement function SENS2 NPLC 4 Set integration rate to 4 PLC SENS2 AVER 4 Set average reading count to 4 OUTP2 ON Turn on the power supply output READ2 Trigger 4 voltage measurement conversions and return the average of those 4 conversions SENS2 FUNC
124. alk but reads the active channel CH1 READ1 CH2 READ2 BOTH Query trigger on talk Command notes SYSTem TRIGger TALK BOTH b This command can be sent in 488 1 or SCPI protocol However the setting only affects 488 1 protocol functionality and not used in the SCPI protocol On power up this mode is set to disabled OFF This setting is not saved in user setups and is not affected by recalling a user setup or sending a RST command If enabled ON the trigger on talk maps to a BOTHREAD If disabled OFF then trigger on talk maps to a READ1 if channel 1 is active channel or a read2 if channel 2 is active channel After enabling this command and doing a trigger on talk to get the two readings the active channel DISP CHAN will be the charger channel 22 Therefore when the command is disabled the active channel is charger channel 2 Trigger continuous mode While in continuous trigger mode as soon as a reading is triggered and calculated the next reading is triggered On the first reading the A D is configured for the desired measurement While in this mode a special task is running to acquire the readings Therefore do not send any commands to the supply that changes how it is configured Instead disable the mode make the changes and then enable the mode again While in the mode it is okay to send query commands Bus commands Table 9 3 contains trigger continuous bus command
125. ame gt charger channel 2 name HIGH or AVER Sync up to rising edge of pulse for 1st reading of digitization LOW Sync up to falling edge of pulse for 1st reading of digitization After any specified delay period expires the instrument takes the number of readings specified by the average count command SENS 1 PCUR AVER NRf battery channel 1 SENS2 PCUR AVER NRf charger channel 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 5000 Digitize 1 to 5000 readings NOTE Pulse current digitization for a programming example Pulse current step method 3 20 Use the pulse current step method to perform a series of different trigger level measurements on the same current range This method is available on the battery channel through GPIB operation only SENS PCUR STEP commands see Table 3 3 Use this method to decrease the time required to take a sequence of measurements To use this method properly set trigger level steps integration time time out setting and current range for the entire sequence of measurements Out of these settings only trigger level may be set to a unique value for each step settings for Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements integration time and current range apply to all steps in the measurement sequence Timeout has two settings one for the first step and one for the remaining
126. an affect speed Selecting SREal format will provide a faster reading rate than when in ASCII mode Enabling trigger continuous mode turns display OFF while disabling it turns it back ON 488 1 protocol and trigger continuous mode enabled When the 488 1 protocol and trigger continuous mode are both enabled talking the instrument returns triggered readings The query READ does not have to be sent before talking the instrument for a reading When using this configuration 488 1 protocol and trigger continuous mode enabled the instrument is continuously taking triggered readings When the power supply is talked without being asked for data a recently triggered reading is returned Changing instrument configuration To change instrument configuration disable trigger continuous mode first Do not change configuration while trigger continuous mode is enabled After sending the commands to make the desired changes enable the trigger continuous mode and resume taking fast readings by just talking the instrument Programming sequence example Table 9 4 shows an example of programming for the trigger continuous mode This example assumes that the 488 1 protocol is already enabled Table 9 4 Trigger continuous mode programming example Command Description RST Set the power supply to default reset conditions FORM SRE H Select SREal format for readings Send commands here to configure the instrument for the desired measurements
127. an be reset to 0 by sending the 0 parameter value with the appropriate enable command i e STATus OPERation ENABle 0 Table 7 6 Common and SCPI commands event enable registers Command Description Default Note ESE lt NRf gt Program standard event enable register see ESE Parameters Read standard event enable register STATus OPERation STATus subsystem ENABIe lt NRf gt Operation event enable register ENABlIe Program enable register see Parameters MEASurement Read enable register ENABIe lt NRf gt Measurement event enable register ENABIe Program enable register see Parameters QUEStionable Read enable register ENABIe lt NRf gt Questionable event enable register ENABIe Program enable register see Parameters Read enable register 7 13 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 7 6 Common and SCPI commands event enable registers Command Description Default Parameters lt NRf gt 0 to 65535 decimal format Note Power up and STATus PRESet resets all bits of all enable registers to 0 CLS has no effect STATus PRESet has no effect on settings for ESE Programming example program and read measurement event register Queues The following command sequence enables the battery channel 1 buffer full bit B9 of the measurement register set and then reads the event register After the programmed
128. and operation complete status Using the OPC query With the OPC operation complete query the instrument will place an ASCII 1 in the output queue when it has completed each step To determine when the OPC response is ready do the following 1 Sendthe OPC query immediately following each calibration command For example CAL PROT STEPO 14 OPC 2 Wait for an ASCII 1 to be read from the unit after addressing it to talk Generating an SRQ on calibration complete An IEEE 488 bus SRQ service request can be used to detect operation complete instead of repeatedly polling the Model 2308 To use this method send both ESE 1 and SRE 32 to the instrument then include the OPC command at the end of each calibration command line as covered above Clear the SRQ by querying the ESR using the ESR query to clear OPC status then request the status byte with the STB query to clear the SRQ Refer to your controller s documentation for information on detecting and servicing SRQs 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics B 7 This page left blank intentionally Numerics LE RE N EE T 9 7 A Ambient temperature esse ese ee 12 2 Calibration AMP eege Analog output j Angle Brackets ieke ee ee ASCII format 22 iota BES EES GO SN Ee AUTO TIME zu ss sessies se oe Ges Ee ie Average readings iiec 2 17 Battery channel connections for 50 mA current verificati
129. ands can be used in the same message as long as they are separated by semicolons A common command can be executed at any command level and will not affect the path pointer Example stat oper enab lt NRf gt ESE lt NRf gt Program message terminator PMT Each program message must be terminated with an LF line feed EOI end or identify or an LF EOI The bus will hang if your computer does not provide this termination The following example shows how a program message must be terminated outp on PMT Command execution rules Commands execute in the order that they are presented in the program message Aninvalid command generates an error and is not executed Valid commands that precede an invalid command in a multiple command program message are executed Valid commands that follow an invalid command in a multiple command program message are ignored Response messages A response message is the message sent by the instrument to the computer in response to a query command program message Sending a response message After sending a query command the response message is placed in the output queue When the power supply is then addressed to talk the response message is sent from the output queue to the computer Multiple response messages If you send more than one query command in the same program message see Multiple command messages the multiple response messages for all the queries a
130. annel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information READ 1 Applies to battery channel 1 READ2 Applies to charger channel 2 After sending a trigger reading command to perform long integration measurements do not address the power supply to talk until all readings are completed Details on READ and the other signal oriented measurement commands are provided in Section 9 Using FAST SEARch and DETect Use the FAST command to have the quickest response for pulse current measurements triggered by the measurement commands for example MEASure READ or TRG Note that when you use the FAST command there is no indication that the instrument is correctly configured for detecting pulses until a measurement command is sent When the trigger level is set use the SEARch command to retain quick responses to measurement commands and to ensure that the instrument is configured correctly for detecting pulses Use the DETect command to ensure that the unit is configured correctly and can read the pulse before sending a measurement command Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Use FAST SEARch and DETect to control how background readings are taken A background reading is a measurement taken by the power supply between user triggered readings The selected function dic
131. annel These conversions time will be needed as the integration time for digitization is increased However the approximate time for a reading stored in the buffer will be the integration time conversion time The instrument initiates the storage and conversion process for the desired number of iterations as specified with the AVERAGE command when the TLEVel threshold is exceeded The message DIGITIZE is displayed instead of readings The NO PULSE message will be displayed if the pulse is not detected Pulse current digitization is selected by disabling trigger synchronization SENS 1 PCUR SYNC b battery channel 1 SENS2 PCUR SYNC b charger channel 2 b OFF Select pulse current digitization trigger synchronization disabled ON Select pulse current measurements trigger synchronization enabled The commands to set the trigger level and trigger delay for pulse current measurements also apply for pulse current digitization However the trigger delay can be set up to five seconds SENS 1 PCUR SYNC DEL NRf battery channel 1 SENS2 PCUR SYNC DEL lt NRf gt charger channel 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 5 User trigger digitization delay in seconds 10 usec steps For digitization the internal trigger delay is 10 usec To detect the pulse the digitization process synchronizes to the edge specified by the following command SENS 1 PCUR MODE lt name gt battery channel 1 SENS2 PCUR MODE lt n
132. arted significant digit is not displayed place the cursor on that digit s menu location and increment from there To rapidly jump to the minimum value decrement the most significant digit menu location To find the most significant digit for a setting press the key until the cursor stops moving Fora selection use the A or v keys to scroll to the desired option unless noted otherwise With the desired setting or selection displayed press ENTER for it to take effect Pressing MENU will cancel the edit operation Use the MENU key to exit the MENU structure SCPI programming SCPI programming information is integrated with front panel operation throughout this manual SCPI commands are listed in tables and additional information that pertains exclusively to remote operation is provided after each table Also the SCPI tables may reference other sections of this manual Except for Section 11 all SCPI tables in this manual are abridged That is they exclude most optional command words and query commands Optional command words and query commands are summarized as follows Optional Command Words In order to be in conformance with the IEEE 488 2 standard the power supply accepts optional command words Any command word that is enclosed in brackets 1 is optional and does not have to be included in the program message Query Commands Most command words have a query form exceptions are noted A query command is identi
133. atie B15 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO Register PON URQ CME EXE DDE QYE OPC Standard Event ESE NRP ESE B15 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO Enable Register Decimal u 128 64 32 16 8 4 1 Weights 27 28 es ey 2 2 2 PON Power On amp Logical AND URQ User Request OR Logical OR CME Command Error EXE Execution Error DDE Device Dependent Error QYE Query Error OPC Operation Complete Operation event status The used bits of the operation event register shown in Figure 7 4 are described as follows Bit B1 voltage protection channel 1 VPT1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel 1 is in voltage protection mode In this mode the output has been turned off and the front panel displays VPT battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 2 If the display mode is set to DUAL V AND I then the VPT message will not appear on the display Bit B2 voltage protection channel 2 VPT2 Set bit indicates that the charger channel 2 is in voltage protection mode In this mode the output has been turned off and the front panel displays VPT charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 1 If the display mode is set to DUAL V AND I then the VPT message will
134. ations Perform these verification procedures When you first receive the unit to make sure that it was not damaged during shipment To verify that the unit meets factory specifications To determine if calibration is required Following calibration to make sure it was performed properly WARNING The information in this section is intended only for qualified service personnel Do not attempt these procedures unless you are qualified to do so NOTE Be sure to check www keithley com for the latest Model 2308 Specifications to ensure you are using the most updated values for the verification tables in this section Verification test requirements NOTE If the unit is still under warranty and its performance is outside specified limits contact your Keithley Instruments representative or the factory to determine the correct course of action Be sure that you perform the verification tests Under the proper environmental conditions After the specified warm up period Using the correct line voltage Using the proper test equipment Using the specified output signals and reading limits Environmental conditions Conduct your performance verification procedures in a test environment with An ambient temperature of 18 28 C 65 82 F Arelative humidity of less than 7096 unless otherwise noted Warm up period Allow the Model 2308 to warm up for at least one hour before conducting the
135. ble 2 RAV2 Set bit indicates that a charger channel 2 reading was taken and processed charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 5 Bit B9 buffer full 1 BF1 Set bit indicates that the specified number of battery channel s 1 readings average count have been taken battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 10 Bit B10 buffer full 2 BF2 Set bit indicates that the specified number of charger channel s 2 readings average count have been taken charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 9 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 7 11 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Questionable event status The used bit of the questionable event register shown in Figure 7 6 is described as follows Bit B8 calibration summary Cal Set bit indicates that an invalid calibration constant was detected during the power up sequence This error will clear after successful calibration of the power supply Figure 7 6 Questionable event status m Cal Questionable Condition 2 3 CONDition pic pa gg z po Register LEVEN Cal Questionable Event B15 B9 B8 B7 BO Register To QSB Bit of Status Byte lt t OR Register ENABLe lt NRf gt Cal EL Qusetionable Event ENABLe B15 B9 B8 B7 BO Enable Register
136. calibration steps cal prot step lt n gt See Table B 1 The CAL PROT STEP lt n gt command performs calibration at the various points listed in Table B 2 See Section 13 for details on test equipment and connections Calibration steps must be performed in the order listed in Table B 2 or an error will occur CAL PROT STEPO 14 Perform cal step 0 Ch 1 full scale output Detecting calibration errors If an error occurs during any calibration step the Model 2308 will generate an appropriate error message Several methods to detect calibration errors are discussed below Reading the error queue As with other Model 2308 errors any calibration errors will be reported in the error queue Use the SYST ERR query to read the error queue Error summary Table B 2 summarizes calibration errors 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics B 5 Appendix B Calibration Reference Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Status byte EAV Error Available bit Whenever an error is available in the error queue the EAV Error Available bit bit 2 of the status byte will be set Use the STB query to obtain the status byte then test bit 2 to see if it is set If the EAV bit is set an error has occurred and you can use the appropriate error query to read the error and at the same time clear the EAV bit in the status byte Generating an SRQ on error To program the instrument to ge
137. cating ready to read Read the query response Error queue The error queue holds error and status messages When an error or status event occurs a message that defines the error status is placed in the error queue When a message is placed in the error queue the error available EAV bit in the status byte register is set An error status message is cleared from the error queue when it is read The error queue is considered cleared when it is empty An empty error queue clears the EAV bit in the status byte register The error queue holds up to 10 error status messages The commands to read the error queue are listed in Table 7 7 When you read a single message in the error queue the oldest message is read and then removed from the queue If the queue becomes full the message 350 queue overflow will occupy the last memory location On power up the error queue is empty When empty the message 0 No Error is placed in the queue Messages in the error queue are preceded by a code number Negative numbers are used for SCPI defined messages and positive numbers are used for messages defined by Keithley Instruments The messages are listed in Appendix A On power up all error messages are enabled and will go into the error queue as they occur Status messages are not enabled and will not go into the queue As listed in Table 7 7 there are commands to enable and or disable messages For these commands the lt li
138. ccurs front panel has no indication that pulse is not detected Over the bus an overflow reading indicates no pulse detected when asked for a user triggered reading For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit is latched until read so the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout see Section 7 on the status model for more information Model 2308 User s Manual For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the reading times out and the pulse is not detected OFF OFF ON The unit is more responsive to bus commands in this mode since the supply OFF OFF OFF does not need to wait for TOUT or search time for pulse current background readings However the supply does need to wait for TOUT or search time when checking the parameter setting for TLEV commands Refer to Figure 3 5 front panel displays NO SEARCH instead of PULSE HI LO AVG The bottom line may show a previous reading or dashes based on what commands were sent previously when in remote mode The setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model will only occur between user triggered readings if TLEV commands are sent For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the reading times out and the pulse is not detected Also since the PTT bit is latched until read the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout see Section 7 on the status model for more infor
139. ce Operating the power supply in high Radio Frequency Interference RFI environments may result in improper operation For that reason keep RFI to a minimum when operating the unit Additional shielding can be used to reduce RFI to an acceptable level Outputting voltage and current 2 6 Setting voltage protection value NOTE The voltage protection value VPT is channel specific The number after the number sign indicates the channel affected by editing Voltage protection value VPT is provided for the battery and charger channels This function monitors the SOURCE pins see Figure 2 1 or Figure 2 4 with respect to the Model 2308 s internal ground and will shut off the output voltage for either channel when the protection voltage range which equals the set voltage protection voltage set by the user is exceeded This voltage is typically not the same voltage as at the device under test due to lead impedance and internal sense resistor losses The VPT message will appear on the lower line of the display after the current reading indicator A or mA The message will clear when the output it turned back ON unless the condition causing a the VPT message still exist The VPT message takes precedence over the current limit messages See Selecting current limit mode for more information on the current limit messages The VPT message will not appear if the display mode is set to DUAL V AND I Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Re
140. ce the supply OFF OFF OFF does not need to wait for TOUT or search time plus reading time for background readings However the supply does need to wait for TOUT or search time when checking the parameter setting for TLEV commands Refer to Figure 4 3 front panel displays NO SEARCH instead of LONG INT Although no background long integration measurements or pulse detection between user triggered readings will occur the checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse will occur The setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model will only occur between user triggered readings if TLEV commands sent This is regardless of the TEDGe setting since the RISING edge is used for this feature For triggered readings to set the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bits in the status model the TEDGe setting needs to be RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER the PTT will not be set after the initial setting of SEARch to OFF and TEDGe to NEITHER The setting of NEITHER specifies no pulse edge for synchronization or detection The bit is latched until read so the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout see Section 7 on the Status model for more information Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode 4 14 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 4 3 FAST SEARch an
141. channel 1 The following table shows the trigger levels for each current range along with trigger hysteresis and trigger level step size Table 3 1 Current range and trigger level settings Current range Trigger level setting Trigger hysteresis Setting step size 5A 0 5 A 10 mA 5 mA 500 mA 0 500 mA 1 mA 0 5 mA or 500 uA 50 mA 0 50 mA 0 1 mA 0 05 mA or 50 uA 5 mA 0 5 mA 0 01 mA 0 005 mA or 5uA Trigger hysteresis is built into the hardware If a pulse does not exceed the appropriate hysteresis level trigger detection will not occur The trigger level ranges for the battery channel 1 are displayed as follows 5 A range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 A 5 0 0 000 A 500 mA range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 A 500 0 0000 A 50 mA range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 mA 50 0 00000A 5 mA range PCUR TRIG LEV 1 mA 5 0 000000A Charger channel 2 Set the trigger level from 0 to 5 Ain 5 mA steps However there is approximately 10 mA of trigger hysteresis built into the hardware Therefore if a pulse does not exceed this level trigger detection will not occur 3 6 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements To change the trigger level setting for a current range from within pulse current TLEV menu screen NOTE For charger channel 2 skip to step 3 there is only one trigger level setting 5 A S
142. cify byte order NORMal or SWAPped SWAP 10 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 10 DISPlay and FORMat Command notes SCPI commands data format FORMat DATA type Select data format Parameters type ASCii ASCII format SREal IEEE 754 single precision format DREal IEEE 754 double precision format This command is used to select the data format for transferring readings over the bus The reading s that is sent depends on the presently selected function voltage current pulse current DVM or long integration See the FUNCtion command SENSe subsystem in Section 2 and Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed for more information NOTE Regardless of which data format for output strings is selected the power supply will only respond to input commands using the ASCII format ASCIl format The ASCII data format is in a direct readable form for the operator Most Basic languages easily convert ASCII mantissa and exponent to other formats However some speed is compromised to accommodate the conversion The following shows the ASCII format for a reading of 10 058 volts 1 00580000 E 01 IEEE 754 formats SREal will select the binary IEEE 754 single precision data format Figure 10 1 shows the normal byte order format for each data element voltage current etc Note that the data string for each reading con
143. col The following rules must be adhered to when sending this command with either parameter setting 1 The command must be the only command on the line or it must be the last command in the command string 2 No command or query can be after this command on a line going to the power supply 3 After sending this command allow some time for the instrument to switch into the new mode and be ready for new commands before sending another command or query 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 9 7 Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 9 8 For example the following command strings are valid SYST MEP ON SENS NPLC 1 5 SYST MEP OFF The following command strings are invalid SYST MEP ON SENS NPLC SYST MEP OFF VOLT 2 5 Changing the GPIB mode over the bus will clear the blinking R that indicates remote mode operation Protocol differences The following information covers the differences between the 488 1 and SCPI protocols Message exchange protocol MEP When the 488 1 protocol is selected the MEP is disabled to speed up GPIB operation The following guidelines limitations must be followed when using the 488 1 protocol 1 Ifa query is sent it must be the only command on the line or the last of a multiple command line this limitation also means no multiple queries can be sent Otherwise full
144. conds a good TOUT value would be 2 seconds A similar method for selecting a TOUT value would be to use a value equal to 105 of the expected pulse period Summarizing Figure 4 2 1 Reading begins searching for high pulse at point A 2 Earliest pulse detected at point B 3 Reading time equals Long integration time Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Figure 4 2 Long integration search and reading time comparison e TOUT B C Search time gt l Long integration Reading i ti time ime NOTE If a pulse is not present timeout needs to elapse TOUT before NO PULSE appears on the display Search Time needs to elapse when checking TLEV command for valid setting PULSE TIMEOUT applies only to long integration measurements that are configured to be triggered by rising or falling pulse edges After the long integration function is selected the instrument searches for a pulse If a pulse is not detected within the specified time PULSE TIMEOUT the NO PULSE message will be displayed While the NO PULSE message is displayed the instrument continues to search for a pulse With a long timeout setting the instrument may appear locked up
145. cribed in the user documentation The procedures explicitly state if the operator may perform them Otherwise they should be performed only by service personnel Service personnel are trained to work on live circuits perform safe installations and repair products Only properly trained service personnel may perform installation and service procedures Keithley Instruments products are designed for use with electrical signals that are rated Measurement Category and Measurement Category ll as described in the International Electrotechnical Commission IEC Standard IEC 60664 Most measurement control and data I O signals are Measurement Category and must not be directly connected to mains voltage or to voltage sources with high transient over voltages Measurement Category II connections require protection for high transient over voltages often associated with local AC mains connections Assume all measurement control and data I O connections are for connection to Category sources unless otherwise marked or described in the user documentation Exercise extreme caution when a shock hazard is present Lethal voltage may be present on cable connector jacks or test fixtures The American National Standards Institute ANSI states that a shock hazard exists when voltage levels greater than 30V RMS 42 4V peak or 60VDC are present A good safety practice is to expect that hazardous voltage is present in any unknown circuit before measuring Operato
146. ction read fift switch to the 50 mA current range trigger a voltage reading and return it NOTE To optimize speed the read fift command combines range changing triggering a DC voltage measurement and taking a reading sens func pcur select the pulse current measurement function sens pcur sync tlev hund 0 3 set the trigger level to 300 mA for 500 mA current range sens pcur sync tlev amp 0 7 set the trigger level to 700 mA for 5 A current range sens pcur time high 350e 6 set pulse high time to 350 microseconds read hund switch to the 500mA current range trigger a pulse current high reading and return it NOTE To optimize speed the read hund command combines range changing triggering a pulse current measurement and taking a reading 9 6 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed read amp switch to the 5 A current range trigger a pulse current high reading and return it NOTE To optimize speed the read amp command combines range changing triggering a pulse current measurement and taking a reading Note that in the command sequence above the trigger level was set to the 5 A range using the sens pcur sync tlev amp command before using the read hund command GPIB 488 1 protocol Model 2308 supports two GPIB protocols SCPI and 488 1 The 488 1 protocol signi
147. current limit using calculated current STEP5 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 1 5 A measurement range using calculated current STEP6 Output 500 mA nominal current for Ch 1 500 mA range full Scale cal STEP7 nrf2 Calibrate Ch 1 500 mA measurement range STEP8 Output 50 mA nominal current for Ch 1 50 mA range full scale cal STEP9 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 1 50 mA measurement range STEP10 Output 5mA nominal current for Ch 1 5mA range full scale cal STEP11 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 1 5 mA measurement range STEP12 nrf2 Output Ch 2 full scale voltage 14 V STEP13 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 2 output voltage setting using DMM reading STEP14 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 2 voltage measuring using external DMM reading STEP15 Perform Ch 2 DVM input full scale 14 V cal STEP16 lt nrf gt Output current 1 9 A for Ch 2 5 A full scale cal STEP17 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 2 output current limit using calculated current STEP18 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 2 5 A measurement range using calculated current STEP19 Output 5 mA nominal current for Ch 2 5 mA range full scale cal STEP20 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 2 5 mA measurement range Calibration data will not be saved if 1 Calibration was not unlocked with CODE command 2 Invalid data exists For example cal step failed or was aborted 3 Incomplete number of cal steps were performed 4 Calibration was not performed in the proper sequence 2308 9
148. current operation before sending another command You can use either OPC or OPC to determine when each calibration step is completed B 6 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Appendix B Calibration Reference Using the OPC command Using OPC is the preferred method to detect the end of each calibration step To use OPC do the following 1 Enable operation complete by sending ESE 1 This command sets the OPC operation complete bit in the standard event enable register allowing operation complete status from the standard event status register to set the ESB event summary bit in the status byte when operation complete is detected 2 Send the OPC command immediately following each calibration command For example CAL PROT STEPO 14 OPC Note that you must include the semicolon to separate the two commands and that the OPC command must appear on the same line as the command 3 After sending a calibration command repeatedly test the ESB Event Summary bit bit 5 in the status byte until itis set use STB to request the status byte 4 Once operation complete has been detected clear OPC status using one of two methods 1 use the ESR query then read the response to clear the standard event status register or 2 send the CLS command to clear the status registers Note that sending CLS will also clear the error queue
149. d DETect command reference Section 4 Long Integration Measurements FAST SEARch DETect Description OFF ON ON This mode allows the user to know whether the pulse disappeared before a user triggered reading is requested The responsiveness of bus commands is governed by LINT TOUT if no pulses are detected or by search time if pulses are detected Reading time does not have to elapse after detecting the pulse in this mode Therefore the longest response time to bus commands is approximately the greater of either TOUT or search time values Refer to Figure 4 3 With DETect ON no background long integration measurements will occur between user triggered readings but pulse detection occurs If the pulse is detected the front panel will display DETECT on top line of display instead of LONG INT If no pulses are detected the front panel will display NO DETECT as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit is latched see Section 7 on Status Model a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is showing DETECT The checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands will occur which may set the PTT bit since looking for a rising edge This functionality occurs if TEDGe is set to RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER pulse detection will fail since synchronization to an edge for triggering does not occur there is nothing
150. d SUIG esse GR aae ra td be t 11 6 Table 11 5 SOURce command sumrmary sesse es ER RE AA ER RA AA ER RA nnna 11 13 Table 11 6 STATUS command SUFTlmdly L5 rcc EES oorr DEEG RE NS De dk 11 14 Table 11 7 SYSTem command SUMMA iese RS SEEN EES EERS n BE EER GR SE ee 11 15 General notes Brackets are used to denote optional character sets These optional characters do not have to be included in the program message Do not use brackets in the program message Angle brackets lt gt are used to indicate parameter type Do not use angle brackets in the program message SCPI A checkmark indicates that the command and its parameters are SCPI confirmed An unmarked command indicates that it is a SCPI command but does not conform to the SCPI standard set of commands It is not a recognized command by the SCPI consortium SCPI confirmed commands that use one or more non SCPI parameters are explained by notes Referto Section 6 for GPIB operation Referto Section 8 for common commands Referto each table above for specific command information 11 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 11 SCPI Tables DISPlay command summary Get summary refer to Display subsystem in Section 10 Command Description Default parameter SCPI DISPlay ENABle b Enable or disable display ON Note 1 V ENABle Query state of di
151. d initiates the calibration process and must be sent before all other commands except CODE NOTE The INIT command should be sent only once at the beginning of the calibration procedure Do not send INIT before each calibration step Example CAL PROT INIT Initiate calibration Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Appendix B Calibration Reference SAVE CALibration PROTected SAVE Purpose Format Description NOTE Example STEP To save calibration constants in EEROM after the calibration procedure cal prot save m The SAVE command stores internally calculated calibration constants derived during comprehensive in EEROM EEROM is non volatile memory and calibration constants will be retained indefinitely once saved SAVE is sent after all other calibration steps Calibration will be only temporary unless the SAVE command is sent to permanently store calibration constants Calibration data will not be saved if 1 Calibration was not unlocked by sending the CODE command 2 Invalid data exists for example cal step failed 3 Anincomplete number of cal steps were performed 4 Calibration was performed out of sequence CAL PROT SAVE Save calibration constants CALibration PROTected STEP lt n gt Purpose Format Parameters Description NOTE Example To perform various
152. d the display 3 Serial Number displays the serial number of the power supply 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics Section 1 Getting Started Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 1 4 Main MENU structure Menu item Description Ref LONG INTEGRAT 711 222 Long integration configuration Sect 4 INTEGRATION TIME Manually set integration time up to 60 sec AUTO TIME Automatically set integration time PULSE TIMEOUT Set the NO PULSE timeout period 1 to 63 sec TRIGGER EDGE Select trigger edge rising falling or neither TRIGGER LEVEL Sets long integration trigger level in Amps for the 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA current ranges Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 A 5 0 0 5 A in 5 mA steps A 5 0 0 5 A in 5 mA steps mA 500 0 500 mA in 0 5 mA steps mA 50 0 50 mA in 0 05 mA steps mA 5 0 5 mA in 0 005 mA steps The main menu structure is accessed by pressing the MENU key on the front panel Notes 1 See Default settings in this section to save and recall setups 2 Revision Number displays the firmware revision level for the microcontroller and the display 3 Serial Number displays the serial number of the power supply Getting around the MENU Press the MENU key to activate the menu Press the A or Y keys to scroll through the primary menu items Press the lt or keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 NOTE If a cha
153. ddress 6 3 Program message terminator PMT 6 11 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Programming and reading registers enable registers Programming examples Program and read measurement event register ssssuss 7 14 Pulse current digitization 3 27 Pulse current measurements 3 26 Read error queue 7 16 Read status byte 7 8 Programming syntax 6 7 Pulse Current Measurements 3 2 Configuration 0 00 eee 3 4 eler Ee EE 3 19 Integration times 3 3 Nels EE EE 1 9 Programming examples 3 26 Pulse sequences 3 23 3 24 readings step method TLEV Steps is Trigger level settings 3 22 Pulse timeout 3 5 3 13 3 16 4 4 4 7 11 12 Query commands Questionable event status Queues aucem eH CBS Range with pulse current step 3 26 READ ARRAY 15 satibsoids serie ue 3 14 READ uisus 3 14 4 12 6 4 6 5 Reading back V and 2 16 Reading registers ssussssse 7 5 Register bit descriptions 7 8 Relay connector 9 pin D sub 5 4 deel arogansia 5 4 Remote iius dica iai Ee Ee EE PR RAS DAE 1 5 4 wire rem
154. de Parameters lt b gt 0 or OFF Disable dual mode 1 or ON Enable dual mode This command is used to enable and disable the front panel DUAL DISPLAY V AND I readings for both channels When disabled the instrument operates with SINGLE DISPLAY V AND I PULSE CURRENT LONG INTEGRATION or DVM readings displayed for a single channel as indicated by the active channel setting DISPlay CHANnel Note that when the unit powers up the setting is initialized with a zero value OFF Saving SAV a setup will not save this setting and a reset RST command will not change this setting Using the command to recall RCL a setup may change the setting If the recall setup has a channel function set to something other than VOLTage or CURRent then this setting is disabled OFF otherwise the setting is left unchanged Enabling Dual V and mode switches function to VOLTage for each channel unless the function is already VOLTage or CURRent Dual V and will be disabled set to O if you change the function on either channel to be PCUR LINT or DVM Channel 2 only The function can be changed by using the sense function or measure function commands See the FUNCt ion command SENSe subsystem in Section 2 and Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed for more information All front panel controls are enabled DISPlay CHANnel NRf Sets active display channel Parameters lt NRf gt 1or2 To set front panel to battery channel activ
155. del 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation SOURce1 CURRent n Applies to battery channel 1 SOURce2 CURRent n Applies to charger channel Z2 With a milliamp measurement range selected the maximum current limit is 1A For the battery channel these ranges are 5 mA 50 mA or 500 mA The charger channel range is 5 mA NOTE Sending a value that exceeds 1 A will generate a parameter out of range error message 222 SOURCe 1 CURRent STATe Applies to battery channel 1 SOURce2 CURRent STATe Applies to charger channel 2 1 With the LIMit type selected this command returns a 1 if the power supply is operating as a constant current source current limit reached With the TRIP type selected a 1 is returned if the output has turned off tripped due to current limit being reached It will clear to 0 when the output is turned back on 2 The operation event register can be read to determine if the power supply is in current limit and if the output has tripped turned off as a result of the current limit condition See Section 7 for details OUTput 1 IMPedance NRf Applies to battery channel 1 This battery channel only command may be set from 0 1 Q in 0 01 O steps The command can be used with the output ON or OFF OUTput 1 BANDwidth name Applies to battery channel 1 OUTput2 BANDwidth lt name gt Applies to charger channel 2
156. e and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned To verify that current readback accuracy is within specified limits 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 30 Q resistor to the OUTPUT 1 terminals as shown in Figure 12 3 Be sure to observe proper polarity and connections 30 Q resistor between SOURCE and DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to DMM INPUT LO Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 12 Performance Verification Figure 12 3 Battery channel connections for 500 mA current verification tests Input HI SENSE y4WIRE INPUT KEITHLEY 2001 MULTIMETER oe 00000000 DISPLAY RANGE 30 O Resistor 0 GEED GED GD GD SD seem POWER RANGE Ghi 8 O Gel GD cas GED ve e Model 2001 DMM d Sense Source Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals Note Model 2308 2 Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto range 3 Press the lt or p keys to select Channel 1 Select the 500 mA readback range and actual current reading data 4 Turn on the output 5 Verify 500 mA range current readback accuracy for
157. e NRf 1 To set front panel to charger channel active lt NRf gt 2 This command sets the active channel on the front panel display To set the front panel display to battery channel active send a parameter of 1 To set the front panel display to charger channel active send a parameter of 2 From the front panel the 4 or p keys will toggle the active display channel between battery channel 1 and charger channel 2 Note that changing active channels using this method a or gt keys is only available from one of the following areas display menu main menu pulse current top level menu long integration top level menu 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 10 3 Section 10 DISPlay and FORMat Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual and display of data readings DISPlay TEXT DATA a Define message on display DISPlay WINDow 1 TEXT DATA a Parameters lt a gt ASCII characters for message Types String aa a or aa a Indefinite Block 0aa a This command defines a text message for the display A message is made up of 32 characters and starts on the top line of the display and wraps down to the bottom line Spaces are counted as characters and can be used to properly position the message on the display If your message is less than 32 characters the appropriate number of spaces are added at the end If your message is greater than 32 cha
158. e The commands to read the event registers are listed in Table 7 5 For details on reading registers see Reading registers Table 7 5 Common and SCPI commands event registers Command Description Default Note ESR Read standard event status register STATus STATus subsystem OPERation EVENt MEASurement EVENt QUEStionable EVENt Read operation event register Read measurement event register Read questionable event register Note Power up and CLS resets all bits of all event registers to 0 STATus PRESet has no effect Event enable registers As Figure 7 1 shows each status register set has an enable register Each event register bit is logically ANDed amp to a corresponding enable bit of an enable register Therefore when an event bit is set and the corresponding enable bit is set as programmed by the user the output summary of the register will set to 1 which in turn sets the summary bit of the status byte register The commands to program and read the event enable registers are listed in Table 7 6 For details on programming and reading registers see Programming enable registers and Reading 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Note Power up and STATus PRESet resets all bits of all enable registers to 0 CLS has no effect STATus PRESet has no effect on settings for ESE Return to Section Topics registers NOTE The bits of any enable register c
159. e 13 14 Title Page Error and status messages all models A 2 Remote calibration command summary ee B 2 PCIE EE B 6 B Table B 2 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 1 Getting Started In this section Topic MTS M RE RE OE aa aai e eil e AR OE NE a ON OE eae Performance features ek ee EE Ee Ee GR Ee ee AG eene Ne ed De OR RE OO eee ded nee Contact ed ELS AA OR aa al ed EE AREA RE RE a a aa FEE EE Options and EE KA RE EO N Power ES DEE EL AO OE EE RAEd et e Habet de ete ii Remote display OPON ies ERGER GEE RSA SEA N SR EER neni Xem GR Ge oe See ee Re es EE EE ME RR decans ED OE IE OE Line power connection iiini EER KERE SG Ge nennen n naa Geek nnn KA Power up sequence ee ee ee eee EA EA AA Ge ee ee ee ee EA ee Re ee ee Fuse replacememM PE Display modes ee eed Re AA Re AA AR ee dd ee AA ee ee ee ee ee ee Default Si RE EE EE EE EE EE EN Setups Save Power on and Recall TE EE EG Getting ie Au dek OR N Ms ed DI ie RE A OE OR rn Section 1 Getting Started Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Overview This manual describes Keithley Instruments Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator which is designed specifically for development and high speed production testing of DC battery operated products Applications Development and high speed testing of DC battery operated products such a
160. e Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 7 Status Structure Figure 7 1 Status model structure Questionable Event Registers Even Condition Even Enabl Regist Regist Regist 0 0 1 2 e 3 4 5 8 6 O 7 el Logical Calibration Summary Cal Cal i Error Queue 13 14 14 Always Zero _15 15 CONDition LEVEN ENABle lt NRf gt ENABle Output Queue Servic Statu Reque Byt Enabl Do Regist Regist Standard Event Registers MS MS eme a TH Event Event Enable EA EA Regist Regist QS QS Logical Operation Complete OP OP Ly MAN OH MAN H o 1 3 FI ES ES mS Query Error aY oY H IROS MS 6 Device Specific Error DDE I DDE y OS OS Execution Error EX EX L STB SR Command Error CM CM SR User URQ URQ Logical Master Summary Status Power On PON I PON l toga 8 8 L 3 9 9 MSB Measurement Summary Bit 10 EAV Error Available Lo f El QSB Questionable Summary Bit 11 11 MAV Message Available 12 12 ESB Event Summary 13 13 RQS MSS Request for Service Mas
161. e current range settings The current limit setting for the 5 A and AUTO range selections are remembered For the following examples assume the current limit setting on the 5 A range is 3 A Selecting the 5 mA 50 mA or 500 mA range on the battery channel or 5 mA on the charger channel defaults the current limit setting to 1A since that is the maximum allowable setting on those ranges Switching back to the 5 A range or enabling auto ranging reinstates the 3 A limit If the current limit value on the 5 amps range is x1 A the limit on the 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA ranges will be the same when switching from the 5 A range to that range 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 9 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual NOTE See Table 1 3 for an illustration of the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table To edit voltage and current values from the front panel NOTE The following steps assume that the appropriate current range is already selected along with current limit mode and voltage protection 1 Press the SET key to select the output settings mode A blinking cursor appears in the voltage field of the display 2 Pressthe A V d or p keys to scroll to the desired output voltage value The cursor position blinking digit is controlled by the lt or keys With the cursor positioned on a digit increment or decrement the va
162. e ee Be dee TEE RE ole c Setups Save Power on and Recall ga BRE PM ege ed IE EE N Geling around dd AO EE HE eere t rito tic tube ecc GI org TUI out oontra Preterea oem eria Coe eR Rx Cure oe 2 Basic Power Supply Operation ee Re RR GR RR Re ee Tesi connections OR AA EA AE ER end RS ENE ER OE N OE OE RE EE Al NS osc cies EE EE EE somes RF considerations esse se ee ee Ee ee ee Ge Ge Ke ee ee ee ee Outputting voltage and GUMEDE eerta e retire ten Setting voltage protection value ees ee eed de ee ee ee ee ee de ee ee ee Selecting proper current range Ee ENE SEEN teens Ee current limi du LO EE rettet teen Editing output voltage and current limit values sees ees se se ee ee ee Using th OPERATE Kay iei eie eer EEN EEN Output bandwidth metere wo ee Ee M es Changing the battery channel s output impedance SCPI programming outputting voltage and current Command notes outputting voltage and current Reading back V and RE RE RE OE RE c a V and I display modes Single or Dua Measurement configuratiON ees see ee Re GE ER Ge Ge ee SCPI programming measure V and l and DVM input Command notes measure V and and DVM input Independent voltage measurements DVM eee DVM input display made ecce Ir pedet nter reatu Measurement COnTIQUE
163. eater than the expected low measurement and less than the expected high measurement the message will not appear For example if the expected pulse high value is 2 2 A and the expected pulse low value is 0 5 A the output is on and the current range is 5 A notice the following results Setting 0 3 A TRIG NOT DETECTED is displayed setting too low Setting 3 0 A TRIG NOT DETECTED is displayed setting too high Setting 1 1 A The message will not display setting correct Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 4 Long Integration Measurements NOTE Setting the trigger level and or the current range may cause LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED to appear SCPI programming The commands for long integration measurements are summarized in Table 4 2 a listing following the table contains specific command notes Programming examples demonstrate how to use these commands Table 4 2 SCPI commands long integration measurements Command Description Default SENSe 1 SENSe subsystem for battery channel 1 FUNCtion LINTegration Select long integration measurement function VOLT LINTegration Long integration configuration TIME NRf Set integration time in sec X to 60 where X 1 is 0 850 for 60Hz or 0 840 for 50Hz AUTO Integration time set automatically TLEVel NRf Path to set tr
164. ecified time PULSE TIMEOUT the NO PULSE message will be displayed While the NO PULSE message is displayed the instrument continues to search for a pulse With NEITHER edge selected the PULSE TIMEOUT setting is inactive Trigger edge and trigger level Use the following items of the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 menu item to set trigger edge and trigger level LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel 1 while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel 2 Trigger edge A pulse edge can be used to trigger the start of the measurement TRIGGER EDGE Select RISING to use a rising pulse edge to start the measurement Select FALLING to use a falling pulse edge to start the measurement A third option is available if you do not want measurements controlled by pulse edges With NEITHER selected measurements will start as soon as the long integration function is selected A pulse has to be detected before a RISING or FALLING pulse edge can trigger a long integration measurement see Trigger level Trigger level Before a RISING or FALLING pulse edge can trigger the start of a long integration the pulse must first be detected TRIGGER LEVEL specifies the minimum pulse level that will cause detection on the selected current range For the battery channel 1 any current range is acceptable and the trigger level setting corresponding to the selected current range will be used to detect the pulse For the charger channel only the
165. ect a range is to use the MINimum MAXimum and DEFault parameters as follows SENS CURR RANG MIN Select the low current range 5mA for battery channel 1 SENS2 CURR RANG MAX Select the high current range 5A for charger channel 2 SENS2 CURR RANG DEF Select the default current range for charger channel 2 The response for RANGe query returns the selected range value which can be 5 0000 A 0 5000 A 0 0500 A or 0 0050 A on the battery channel Charger channel returns are 5 0000 A or 0 0050 A SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe AUTO b Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 CURRent RANGe AUTO lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 This command is coupled to the RANGe n command When auto range is enabled the response for RANGe query returns the selected range value which can be 5 0000 A 0 5000 A 0 0500 A or 0 0050 A on the battery channel Charger channel returns are 5 0000 A or 0 0050 A If you then disable auto range the instrument will remain at the last selected range NOTE If the limit setting is greater than 1A while on the 5A current range the following message will be briefly displayed when ranging down CURRENT LIMIT ON mA RANGE lt 1A SOURCe1 VOLTage n Applies to battery channel 1 SOURce2 VOLTage n Applies to charger channel Z2 This command sets voltage amplitude in volts O to 15 1mV resolution 2 14 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Mo
166. ect on power supply RE IF CO Z o Goes into remote when next addressed to listen Reset interface all devices go into talker and listener idle states Local key locked out GTI Cancel remote restore front panel operation for the power supply DCL Return all devices to known conditions SDC Returns power supply to known conditions GET Initiates a trigger SPE SPD Serial polls the power supply REN remote enable The remote enable command is sent to the power supply by the controller to set up the instrument for remote operation Generally the instrument should be placed in the remote mode before you attempt to program it over the bus Simply setting REN true does not actually place the instrument in the remote state You must address the instrument to listen after setting REN true before it goes into remote Note that the instrument does not have to be in remote to be a talker Also note that all front panel controls except for LOCAL and POWER are inoperative while the instrument is in remote You can restore normal front panel operation by pressing the LOCAL key 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 6 5 Section 6 GPIB Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual IFC interface clear The IFC command is sent by the controller to place all instruments on the bus in the local talker listener idle states The power supply res
167. ection SE 327 Overvoltage protection SE EE error event SE status event SYS system error event 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics A 3 Appendix A Error and Status Messages A 4 Table A 1 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Error and status messages all models cont Number Description Event 404 405 406 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 429 430 431 432 434 435 436 437 438 445 500 510 511 512 514 515 522 610 900 Calibration messages Volt full scale cal prepare error battery channel Volt full scale cal output error battery channel Volt full scale cal meas error battery channel Amp source cal prepare error battery channel Amp source cal output error battery channel Amp source cal measure error battery channel 500mA source cal prepare error battery channel 500mA source cal measure error battery channel 50mA source cal prepare error battery channel 50mA source cal measure error battery channel 5mA source cal prepare error battery channel 5mA source cal measure error battery channel Volt full scale cal prepare error charger channel Volt full scale cal output error charger channel Volt full scale cal meas error charger channel DVM full scale cal meas error charger channel Amp source cal prepare error charger channel Amp source cal output error charger channel Amp source c
168. ed Short form rules Use the following rules to determine the short form version of any SCPI command or parameter fthe length of the word is four letters or less no short form version exists Example auto auto These rules apply to words that exceed four letters Ifthe fourth letter of the word is a vowel delete it and all the letters after it Example dvmeter dvm If the fourth letter of the command word is a consonant retain it but drop all the letters after it Example format form fthe command contains a question mark query or a non optional number included in the command word you must include it in the short form version Example function func SOURCe2 SOUR2 Command words or characters that are enclosed in brackets are optional and need not be included in the program message Program messages A program message is made up of one or more command words sent by the computer to the instrument Each common command is a three letter acronym preceded by an asterisk SCPI commands are categorized in the subsystem For example STATus subsystem will be used to help explain how command words are structured to formulate program messages 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 6 9 Section 6 GPIB Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 6 10 STATus Path Root OPERation Path ENABle lt NRf gt Command
169. ed the SDC command provides a method to clear only selected instruments instead of clearing all instruments simultaneously as is the case with DCL GET group execute trigger GET is a GPIB trigger that is used as an event to control operation The power supply reacts to this trigger if it is the programmed control source SPE SPD serial polling Use the serial polling sequence to obtain the power supply serial poll byte The serial poll byte contains important information about internal functions Generally the serial polling sequence is used by the controller to determine which of several instruments has requested service with the SRQ line However the serial polling sequence may be performed at any time to obtain the status byte from the power supply Front panel aspects of GPIB operation The following paragraphs describe aspects of the front panel and remote panel that are part of GPIB operation including the remote operation indicator LOCAL key and messages 6 6 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 6 GPIB Operation Remote indicator and LOCAL key When the power supply is in the remote state the R character is displayed in the bottom right corner of the display It blinks as a solid block character R does not necessarily indicate the state of the REM line as the instrument must be addressed to listen with REM true before
170. ed the power supply operates without voltage feedback and therefore supplies an unregulated voltage This unregulated voltage value can be up to 18 V or down to 5 V Use voltage protection to turn off the output and protect against the extremes refer to Setting voltage protection value Connect the sense inputs to the supply as close as possible to the load s source inputs through twisted pair leads refer to Figure 2 1 This is necessary to achieve the maximum transient performance of the supply CAUTION Do NOT connect the sense inputs and supply outputs at the rear of the supply Connecting the sense leads in this fashion will severely compromise the performance of Model 2308 with dynamic loads when using 4 wire sense Local sense The Model 2308 battery and charger channels can be connected to operate with local sense leads 2 wire connection as shown in Figure 2 4 In this connection scheme the sense inputs and supply outputs are connected at the rear of the supply 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 5 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 2 4 Local Sense Connections battery channel and charger channel Quick Disconnect Connector Source Source Sense Sense Source Source RFI considerations NOTE Twist Source leads together for optimum performan
171. ee 7 2 UTI MEE 7 2 Clearing registers and oueues eene 7 3 Programming and reading registers ss ss ee AE Ge Ge GR Ee Rd ee ee ee de 7 4 Programming enable registers iis ee ee ee ee ee ee 7 4 AE DEE EE EE de e EL ge ace 7 5 Status byte and service request SRO sesse esse Re ed de ee Ad ee ee ee 7 5 eN eN OR EE 7 6 Service request enable register see ee se ee ee Ke Ge ee ke Ge de ee ke 7 7 S rial polling and SRO WEE 7 7 Status byte and service request commande 7 8 Status register sets sees ee ee ee Re ee ee Re Ee de ee Re enne ee de ee ek nnns 7 8 Register bit descriptions ii ie EERS retener REG EG SE ER ee VER eed 7 8 Condition registers see ee ee ee Ee Re ee ee ee Re ee ee Re ee ee ee ee ee ae 7 12 Bg del AE RE EE N 7 12 Event enable die AA OE mee ee aree e nd eR Erie 7 13 SUI MR OR 7 14 Biel EI p 7 15 Error QUBUR MOI Em 7 15 Programming example read error dueue iii AR ee ee 7 16 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Overview 7 2 Model 2308 provides a series of status registers and queues allowing the operator to monitor and manipulate the various instrument events The status structure is shown in Figure 7 1 The heart of the status structure is the status byte register This register can be read by the user s test program to determine if a service request SRQ has occurred and what ev
172. ee ee Re RA Re Ee ee Ee ee ee ek dd ee Re ee 6 6 SDC Selective device clear GEES ERA EE SNR EG RA ER ek ee eire 6 6 GET group execute trigger ese ee ee ee ee AR Ee Re EE ee nnn 6 6 SPE SPD soral BOME Em 6 6 Front panel aspects of GPIB operation se ee ER Ee rennene 6 6 Remote indicator and LOCAL Key seed nete rette races 6 7 Error and status IBS rhe rrt dee e decus 6 7 Programming syntax ese ed ee AA ee Ad eene ener nennen nnns 6 7 Command weorda OE EE gs EE 6 7 Program messages iss ee ee Re ee ee Re AA Ee Re de ee Re Ee de ee Re ek Ad ee nnns 6 9 Response Messages RE ee nenne ENE Re EER EER REGS AR ESEG Ee dead 6 11 Message exchange protocol essent 6 12 Section 6 GPIB Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Introduction The GPIB bus is the IEEE 488 instrumentation data bus with hardware and programming standards originally adopted by the IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers in 1975 Model 2308 conforms to these standards EEE 488 1987 1 EEE 488 1987 2 These standards define a syntax for sending data to and from instruments how the instrument interprets this data what registers should exist to record the state of the instrument and a group of common commands e SCPI 1995 0 Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments This standard defines a command language protocol It goes one step further than IEEE 488 19
173. eed to operate if not in local lockout LLO GTL will still disable LLO EEE 488 bus commands and features GET IFC SDC DCL LLO Serial Poll and SRQ are still fully supported Multiple TALKs on the same query are supported as in the SCPI protocol This feature is useful when reading back long ASCII strings Trigger on talk both channels Trigger on talk will return a reading for the active channel DISPlay CHANnel unless you have enabled ON the setting for Trig on talk to return two readings one from each channel comma delimited for example ch1 reading ch2 reading This command maps trigger on talk to BOTHREAD when enabled To enable the two readings trig on talk and have it apply to both channels READ1 for channel 1 READ 2 for channel 2 send SYSTem TRIGger TALK BOTH ON To disable the two readings trig on talk send SYSTem TRIGger TALK BOTH OFF 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 9 9 Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed Bus commands Table 9 2 contains bus commands for trigger on talk Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 9 2 Trigger on talk bus commands Commands Description Default SYSTem Path to System commands TRIGger Path to trigger commands TALK Path to talk commands BOTH lt b gt Set b to 1 or ON to enable 2 reading trig on talk O or OFF OFF disable 2 reading trig on t
174. egration reading R4 is the average of a series of current measurements m defined by where n is an integer given by er A Ge nt sta where 1PLC one power line cycle integration time Here the integration time specified by the user and denominator represents the integration time of 1 PLC 16 67 msec for 60 Hz or 20 ms for 50 Hz and processing overhead The function int rounds the argument down to next lowest integer Long integration is a technique to extend the capabilities of the power supply A D circuit beyond its maximum integration time period The A D can measure pulses up to 833 ms To extend this time period for longer pulses the long integration technique uses a filtered and sampled measurement of the waveform This gives the power supply the ability to measure signals with periods up to 60 seconds The filtering of the waveform adds some restrictions to the types of pulses being measured If a pulse train has a high duty cycle where the off time is less than 200 ms the first period of the measured waveform will not have settled to steady state therefore it will be an inaccurate measurement In all cases where the off or low time is less than 200 ms the filtered pulse will have reached steady state in the second cycle of the waveform and therefore can be accurately measured Figure 4 1 In other words to measure a periodic waveform with low times less than 200 ms high duty cycle start measurements after the
175. either channel to be Pulse Current Long Integration or DVM Input Channel 2 only To select a display mode 1 Press the DISPLAY key 2 Press the A or v keys to scroll to the desired display mode Table 1 1 Display Modes Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 SINGLE V AND I SINGLE V AND I DUAL V ANDI DUAL V ANDI LONG INTEGRATION LONG INTEGRATION PULSE CURRENT PULSE CURRENT DVM INPUT 3 Press the lt or p keys to select Channel 1 or 2 NOTE Switching back to the original active channel will display the initial setting for that channel 4 With the desired mode and active channel displayed press ENTER 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 1 9 Section 1 Getting Started Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Examples of the display modes are shown in Table 1 2 NOTE To select PULSE CURRENT high HI low LO or average AVG readings use the A or v keys to select the desired pulse measurement after selecting pulse current as the display mode Table 1 2 Display mode examples Samples for battery Samples for charger Display mode channel 1 channel 2 Reference SINGLE V AND 6 116V 1 ON 6 116 V 2 ON Section 2 1 2058A 1 2058 A DUAL V AND I 2 97V 25 7m 1 2 97V 25 7m 1 Section 2 0 00V 0 00A 0 1 00V 0 17A 1 DVM input N A DVM INPUT 2 OFF Section 2 charger channel only 5 321 V Pu
176. emember the default is 1 Pulse sequences rising and falling for more information Select 5 A current range Specify 100 microseconds for step integra tion time Specify 50 microseconds for step delay Recall 400 microseconds needed for complet ing previous step measurement and being ready for next With 600 microseconds of step duration we have 50 microseconds to spare 600 step duration 400 step processing time 100 step integration time 50 step delay 50 spare time Specify 8 milliseconds for step timeout ex 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual SENS PCUR STEP TOUT INIT 60 Y Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements cept first one Specify 60 seconds for first step timeout Recall for one shot pulse measurement need to have a long initial step timeout since want to trigger the 2308 for pulse step mea surement and wait between 3 to 5 seconds be fore generating the one shot pulse to guar antee the Model 2308 is waiting for detection of first step Using the same step trigger level for all steps is contained in the following sample Table 3 7 contains a sample with the one trigger level as shown and also with unique trigger levels for each step SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS READ PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR ARR STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP TLEV1 TLEV2 TLEV3 TLEV4 TLEV5 TLEV6
177. emote calibration command summary Command Description CALibration Calibration subsystem PROTected Cal commands protected by password CODE code Unlock cal changes code if cal is already unlocked default code KI002308 Calibration data will not be saved if 1 Calibration was not unlocked with CODE command 2 Invalid data exists For example cal step failed or was aborted 3 Incomplete number of cal steps were performed 4 Calibration was not performed in the proper sequence B 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table B 1 Remote calibration command summary Command Description COUNt Query number of times 2308 has been calibrated DATE lt yyyy gt lt mm gt lt dd gt Program calibration year month day DATE Query calibration year month day INIT Initiate calibration must be sent before other cal steps SAVE Save calibration data to EEPROM LOCK Lock out calibration Abort if calibration is incomplete STEPO lt nrf gt Output Ch 1 full scale voltage 14 V STEP1 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 1 output voltage using external DMM reading STEP2 lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 1 voltage measuring using external DMM reading STEPS lt nrf gt Output current 1 9 A for Ch 1 5 A full scale cal STEPA lt nrf gt Calibrate Ch 1 output
178. en checking TLEV command for valid setting 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 4 13 Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 4 3 FAST SEARch and DETect command reference FAST SEARch DETect Description ON ON ON The unit is most responsive to bus commands in this mode The supply does ON ON OFF not wait for TOUT or search time plus reading time for background readings ON and TLEV command checks Refer to Figure 4 3 front panel displays FAST ON OFF ON LINT instead of LONG INT OFF OFF With FAST set to ON no background long integration measurements occur no pulse detection between user triggered readings occur no checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse occur no setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model between user triggered readings occur For triggered readings to set the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bits in the status model set TEDGe to be RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER the PTT will not be set after the initial setting of FAST to ON and TEDGe to NEITHER The setting of NEITHER specifies no pulse edge for synchronization or detection The bit is latched until read so the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout see Section 7 on the status model for more information OFF OFF ON The unit is more responsive to bus commands in this mode sin
179. ency NOTE See complete Specifications at www keithley com for the operating environment requirements of the equipment before power up Perform the following steps to connect the power supply to the line power and turn it on WARNING The power cord supplied with the Model 2308 contains a separate ground for use with grounded outlets When proper connections are made instrument chassis is connected to power line ground through the ground wire in the power cord Failure to use a grounded outlet may result in personal injury or death due to electric shock 1 Before plugging in the power cord make sure the front panel power switch is in the off 0 position 2 Connect the female end of the supplied power cord to the AC receptacle on the rear panel 3 Turn on the power supply by pressing the front panel power switch to the on 1 position Power up sequence On power up the power supply performs self tests on its RAM and EPROM After a blinking cursor appears on line one RAM tests are completed After a blinking cursor appears on line two EPROM self tests are completed NOTE If a problem develops while the instrument is under warranty return it to Keithley Instruments for repair If the instrument passes the self tests the following information is briefly displayed TopLine The model number and the IEEE 488 address are displayed The factory default GPIB address is 16 BottomLine Firmware revision leve
180. ent caused it Status byte and SRQ The status byte register receives the summary bits of four status register sets and two queues The register sets and queues monitor the various instrument events When an enabled event occurs it sets a summary bit in the status byte register When a summary bit of the status byte is set and its corresponding enable bit is set as programmed by the user the RQS MSS bit will set to indicate that an SRQ has occurred Status register sets A typical status register set is made up of a condition register an event register and an event enable register A condition register is a read only register that constantly updates to reflect the present operating conditions of the instrument When an event occurs the appropriate event register bit sets to 1 The bit remains latched to 1 until the register is reset When an event register bit is set and its corresponding enable bit is set as programmed by the user the output summary of the register will set to 1 which in turn sets the summary bit of the status byte register Queues Model 2308 uses an output queue and an error queue The response messages to query commands are placed in the output queue As various programming errors and status messages occur they are placed in the error queue When a queue contains data it sets the appropriate summary bit of the status byte register Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portabl
181. ent gt lt Current gt 14 lt DMM Reading lt DMM Reading lt Current gt lt Current gt lt Current gt yyyy mm dd gt Description Source 5 A full scale Current cal 5 A current limit cal 5 A measure cal Source 500 mA full scale current 500 mA range measure cal Source 50 mA full scale current 50 mA range measure cal Source 5 mA full scale 5 mA range measure cal Full scale 14 V output Full scale output cal Full scale measure cal DVM full scale cal Source 5 A full scale current cal 5 A current limit cal 5 A measure cal Source 5 mA full scale current 5 mA range measure cal Program calibration date Save calibration data Lock out calibration Test P E connections Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 3 Figure 13 3 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 3 Figure 13 3 None None None Step numbers correspond to STEP commands Steps 0 through 11 calibrate battery channel 1 Steps 12 through 20 calibrate charger channel 2 Connect to OUTPUT 1 terminals for Steps 0 through 11 Connect to OUTPUT 2 terminals for Steps 12 through 20 Changing the calibration code The default calibration code may be changed from the front panel or via remote as discussed below 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return
182. eps but does not rise or fall between the steps Figure 3 10 Pulse form with down steps first 600usec step duration 900mA TLEV1 750mA TLEVA 700mA 625mA 600mA 575mA TLEV 450mA 3900mA 300mA TLEV2 400mA 100mA To measure the up step values in this pulse sequence set the value for UP steps to equal the sum of actual UP steps plus one while setting the DOWN step value to zero In Figure 3 10 the UP steps are set to 4 and DOWN steps to 0 If UP steps are set to a non zero value the Model 2308 measures them first Also set TLEV1 for the initial step This value needs to be appropriate for detecting the first DOWN step as an UP step measurement in Figure 3 10 this value is set at 750mA For the UP steps set the trigger level to a value appropriate for each rising step The key to detecting this pulse sequence is setting the step timeout to a value high enough to bypass the remaining down steps after measuring the first step For Figure 3 10 the following expected measurement values and TLEV values were used Expected measurements UP 450 mA 575 mA and 700 mA 4th 6th pulses DOWN 900 mA 600 mA 300 mA 1st 3rd pulses 3 24 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements TLEV values all rising TLEV1 750 mA st pulse TLEV3 500 mA 5th pulse
183. er Control Circuit Testing sees ee ee se ee ee ee Ge ee ee ke ed 2 19 Figure 2 6 Sink Operaio eia corr terree ERGER EG FO DF ei be 2 20 Figure 2 7 Preferred metodies ER ER SR CAE rode edle RE perde 2 20 Figure 2 8 Analog output Connections sese 2 22 Figure 3 1 Pulse current medasurermielt n am mee terrre tede etes 3 2 Figure 3 2 Trigger delay for high pulse current measurement 3 3 Figure 3 3 Determining voltage and current characteristics for acq reip e 3 9 Figure 3 4 Determining voltage and current characteristics for El ET o Ms 3 10 Figure 3 5 PCURrent and SEARch time for pulse high measurement 3 17 Figure 3 6 Sample pulse forms for step method 3 22 Figure 3 7 Sample one shot only pulses for step method 3 22 Figure 3 8 Sample STEP Pulse measurement ccc ecce 3 23 Figure 3 9 Pulse form with rise and fall steps iese ee ee ee ee Re ee ee 3 23 Figure 3 10 Pulse form with down steps first 600msec step duration 3 24 Figure 4 1 Steady state for waveforms based on low pulse times 4 3 Figure 4 2 Long integration search and reading time comparison 4 5 Figure 4 3 TOUT and search time ees cece titer tetra e rade reddet herd den 4 13 Figure 5 1 External source relay control eet tnn 5 3 Figure 5 2 Internal source relay conttel tnn eet Ak 5 3 Figure 5 3 Relay connector 9 pin D sub
184. erly warmed up and connected to the correct OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT Z2 terminals on the rear panel as appropriate for the channel you are testing Before setting output values select battery channel 1 or charger channel 2 as required Press the lt or p keys to toggle between battery channel 1 OUTPUT 1 terminals and charger channel 2 OUTPUT 2 terminals Be sure the test equipment is set up for the proper function and range Do not connect test equipment to the Model 2308 through a scanner multiplexer or other switching equipment Be sure that the Model 2308 output is turned on before making measurements Allow the unit output signal to settle before making a measurement Output voltage accuracy NOTE When verifying the battery channel 1 make sure you connect the source and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned Follow the steps below to verify that the output voltage accuracy is within specified limits This test involves setting the output voltage to specific values and measuring the voltages with a precision digital multimeter 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter to the OUTPUT 1 SOURCE and SENSE terminals as shown in Figure 12 1 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE and SENSE to INPUT HI SOURCE a
185. err n 11 4 11 Table 11 3 OU TPutr command SURE iss eben t So rn ean 11 5 11 Table 11 4 SENSe command summary cese 11 6 11 Table 11 5 SOURce command summary eeeeseee eere 11 13 List of Tables Section Table Table 11 6 Table 11 7 Table 12 1 Table 12 2 Table 12 3 Table 12 4 Table 12 5 Table 12 6 Table 12 7 Table 12 8 Table 12 9 Table 13 1 Table 13 2 Table 13 3 Appendix Table A B Table A 1 Table B 1 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Title Page SIATUS command SUMIMENY iss se ERG KS EENS kerian 11 14 SYS lem command SUMMA uiua eae onec uhren n ha tena GRA de 11 15 Recommended verification eguipment ese ee ee Ee 12 3 ET E 12 6 Voltage readback accuracy limits EE GE Ek EA SE Ek de GE 12 7 Compliance current accuracy limits 2 0 0 ee ke ee ee ke ee ee 12 9 5 A range current readback accuracy limits 12 10 500 mA range current readback accuracy limits 12 11 50 mA range current readback accuracy limits 12 13 5 mA range current readback accuracy limits 12 14 Digital voltmeter input accuracy limits sessssssss 12 16 Recommended calibration equipment ese ee ee ee RR 13 3 Model 2308 front panel calibration summary 13 4 Remote calibration SUITES ege EEN SORG EE E
186. et to 10 READ will trigger 10 measurement conversions and return and display the average of those 10 conversions for the battery channel When requesting an array of readings FETCh ARRay READ ARRay or MEASure ARRay average count specifies the number of measurements to place in an array For example with the average count set to 10 READ ARRay wil readings charger channel command similar trigger and return 10 battery channel Signal oriented measurement commands for example READ are covered in Section 9 Independent voltage measurements DVM The power supply has an independent digital voltmeter DVM on the charger channel 2 only that can measure up to 30VDC and down to 5VDC Connections for the DVM are shown in Figure 2 1 DVM input display mode The DVM input display mode must be selected in order to measure voltage applied to DVM input of the power supply NOTE SET key until the blinking stops the meas To display measured readings if the instrument is in the settings mode press the ured readings can then be displayed To determine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if p mode This display mode is selected as follows 1 Press the DISPLAY key to access the display menu 2 Pressthe 4 or p keys to scroll to DISPLAY TYPE 3 Press the A or v keys to scroll to DVM INPUT 4 Press
187. evel for detecting the pulse is needed whether trigger synchronization is ON or OFF see SYNChronize commands above SENSe 1 PCURrent SYNChronize DELay lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent SYNChronize DELay NRf Applies to charger channel 2 1 The smallest step size for trigger delay is 10 usec If you specify a smaller step size it is adjusted up to the next 10 usec step value e g 43 usec is adjusted up to 50 usec 2 After pulse detection but before the integration process begins the internal trigger delay of 10 usec for code execution in addition to any user specified trigger delay must elapse This command is used to set the user trigger delay 3 Make sure this setting works with the TIME settings to produce an accurate reading Although AUTO accounts for internal trigger delay HIGH LOW and AVERage do not Note that none of the TIME commands account for the user trigger delay SENSe 1 PulseCURrent FAST lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PulseCURrent FAST lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 See Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 15 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual in h In m h n EN OU ND UU N NUVU P BH zz See Se 1 PulseCURrent SEARch b Applies to bat
188. ey this sets the instrument back to the last saved changes Changes must be canceled before pressing ENTER All relays open sample OUTPUT RELAYS 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 Relays 1 and 2 closed and 3 and 4 open sample OUTPUT RELAYS 1 1 2 1 3 0 4 0 SCPI programming Table 5 2 summarizes output relay command controls Table 5 2 SCPI command output relay control Command Description Default OUTPutf1 OUTPut subsystem from battery channel 1 RELay1 lt name gt Close 1 or open 0 relay control circuit ZERO for relay 1 RELay2 lt name gt Close 1 or open 0 relay control circuit ZERO for relay 2 RELay3 lt name gt Close 1 or open 0 relay control circuit ZERO for relay 3 RELay4 lt name gt Close 1 or open 0 relay control circuit ZERO for relay 4 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 5 5 This page left blank intentionally Section 6 GPIB Operation In this section Topic Page tree ie vie EE EE EE 6 2 GPIB bus connections ese ee ee Re ee ee AA ee ee ee ee ee Re EA ka nnne 6 2 gti s c M 6 3 Setting the GPIB timeout for TESDOIIBES ette rni theres 6 4 Long integration TRAINS uci tee mer EG 6 4 Pulse current readings eene eene 6 4 MAV Message Available Bit 6 4 General bus commande nennen enne 6 5 REN remote enable eene ene eee nentes 6 5 ES EE CIGAR se EEUU 6 6 ME eis des KOU ETT 6 6 ej sk WGN EET 6 6 DCL device clear
189. f loads see Applications Note 2191 on the Product Information CD ROM Changing the battery channel s output impedance The Model 2308 output impedance can be checked or changed with the output on or off The output impedance is selectable from 0 00 to 1 00 Q in 10 mQ steps default is OO NOTE The following steps assume that the appropriate current range is already selected along with current limit mode and voltage protection To set output impedance from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key to access the main menu 2 Press the A or v keys to scroll to OUT IMPEDANCE 1 Channel 1 only feature 3 Press ENTER to select 2 12 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 4 Press A V 4 or gt keys to scroll to the desired output impedance value NOTE Setting changes can be canceled by pressing the MENU key 5 Press ENTER to save your settings and return to the main menu SCPI programming outputting voltage and current The commands to output voltage and current are summarized in Table 2 3 a listing following the table contains specific command notes The programming example Outputting and reading back V and located at the end of this section demonstrates how to use these commands Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation NOTE Brackets indicate optional and default co
190. ficantly increases speed over the GPIB When using the 488 1 protocol throughput is enhanced for data sent to the power supply command messages and for data returned by the power supply response messages The speed of readings sent over the GPIB is also increased Factory default is SCPI protocol With the 488 1 protocol selected you will still use SCPI commands to program the power supply Operation differences between the two protocols are discussed below Selecting the 488 1 protocol Perform the following steps to select the 488 1 protocol NOTE The 488 1 protocol is a bus only feature there is no front panel support When switching between the SCPI and 488 1 protocol the instrument does not reset The GPIB protocol setting is saved in EEPROM and the unit will power up with that selected protocol until changed again The GPIB protocol can be changed over the bus If you use the following query to request the state of Message Exchange Protocol MEP you will know which protocol is enabled SYSTem MEP STATe If a 1 is returned MEP is enabled and the SCPI protocol is selected A 0 indicates that MEP is disabled and the 488 1 protocol is enabled To summarize 1 SCPI protocol 0 488 1 protocol Send the following commands over the GPIB to change the GPIB protocol between SCPI and 488 1 SYSTem MEP STATe 1 or ON Selects SCPI protocol SYSTem MEP STATe 0 or OFF Selects 488 1 proto
191. fied by the question mark that follows the command word A query command requests queries the programmed status of that command When a query is sent and the power supply is addressed to talk the response message is sent to the computer To send a SCPI command as a query append a to the fundamental form of the command make sure to add the immediately following the command on the same line For complete details see Programming syntax 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 1 15 This page left blank intentionally In this section Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Topic Page TOS dra Sie MEE 2 2 Romol PONE AA RE OE nied 2 5 EE EO OE RE N 2 5 RFI considerations RR N EE necne epe cete eee eie 2 6 Outputting voltage and current esse see ee ee ee ek ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 2 6 Setting voltage protection value sesse sesse ee ss ees se ee ese ee ee ee Ge ee ee ede ee ee 2 6 Selecting proper current range EE KERSE GESE EER tenni thin 2 8 Selecting current limit MOES iss EE tirer tette 2 8 Editing output voltage and current limit values 2 9 Using the OPERATE key 2 11 Te kes SIR el ii MR 2 11 Output impedanCe see ee Re Re Ke Re ee ee Re Re ee Re Re ee nnn 2 12 Changing the battery channel e output impedance 2 12 SCPI programming outputting voltage and current 2 13 Command notes outp
192. g 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 13 3 Section 13 Calibration Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Front panel calibration Use the following procedure to calibrate the Model 2308 from the front panel Table 13 2 summarizes calibration steps NOTE Calibration must be performed in the following sequence or an error will occur To abort calibration and revert to previous calibration constants at any time during the procedure press the MENU key Follow message prompts to abort calibration Use A and v keys to select desired response Step 1 Prepare the Model 2308 for calibration 1 Turn on the Model 2308 and the digital multimeter and allow them to warm up for at least one hour before performing calibration 2 Press the MENU key then choose CALIBRATE UNIT and press ENTER The instrument will display the date last calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT LAST ON 07 01 2008 3 Press the A key The instrument will display the number of times it was calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT TIMES 1 4 Press the A key The unit will then prompt you to run calibration CALIBRATE UNIT RUN 5 Press ENTER The unit will then prompt for the calibration code CALIBRATE UNIT Cal Code K1002308 6 Using the edit keys set the display to the current calibration code then press ENTER default KI002308 The unit will then prompt you as to whether or not to change the code CALIBRATE UNIT Cha
193. gs don t force backgrounds to update if already updated When backgrounds are forced to update all must be refreshed before a user triggered reading can be measured When auto zero state is set to ON background readings continuously refresh by cycling when the instrument is idle When auto zero state is set to OFF background readings do not occur after being updated unless a change forces them to update When a change forces an update the background readings get updated once and stop until the next change forces an update To refresh the backgrounds when the state is OFF set the state to ON then back to OFF This will refresh the backgrounds only once and stop after that Programming examples The commands below are examples for techniques that combine commands to speed up measurements rst restore factory default settings syst azer stat 0 turn auto zero state off disp chan 1 sets active channel to battery sens func curr select the current measurement function volt 3 set output voltage to 3 curr 1 set current limit to 1 sens nplc 0 5 set nplc to 0 5 NOTE For faster measurements the NPLC can be as short as 0 002 outp on turn the output on read five switch to the 5 mA current range trigger a current reading and return it NOTE To optimize speed the read five command combines range changing triggering a DC current measurement and taking a reading sens func volt select the voltage measurement fun
194. gure 3 9 Pulse form with rise and fall steps 875mA 3 Down 725mA 600mA o i 425mA 3 Up E 350mA eo Kei 275mA Steady state current Amsec For the active steps the trigger level may be set to a value appropriate for each rising or falling step or set to the same value for all active steps If using the same values for all TLEVx steps make sure the TLEV value set is appropriate for the smallest step in Figure 3 9 the TLEV value could not be greater than 275mA See Table 3 7 for sample trigger level values Table 3 7 Sample TLEV values for Figure 3 9 TLEVx Unique TLEVx value Same TLEVx value mp 50mA 20mA TLEV2 325 mA 200 mA TLEV3 200 mA 200 mA TLEV4 30mA 200m TLEV5 500 mA 200 mA 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 23 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 3 7 Sample TLEV values for Figure 3 9 TLEVx Unique TLEVx value Same TLEVx value TLEV6 800 mA 200 mA Use the one shot method for measuring the pulses since this pulse sequence rises and falls between steps To accomplish this configure the Model 2308 for measuring the pulse sequence then generate the pulse sequence See the programming example One shot pulse Pulse sequences down steps first Consider the pulse form in Figure 3 10 This pulse form has three DOWN steps followed by three UP st
195. he Model 23068 for calibration 13 4 Step 2 Perform battery channel calibration steps 13 5 Step 3 Perform charger channel calibration steps 13 9 Step 4 Enter calibration dates and save calibration 13 10 Remote el le MEET 13 11 Remote calibration display iii ee ee AA ER ee ee ee Re ee 13 11 Remote calibration procedure se se ee EE ee Re ee ee 13 11 Step 1 Prepare the Model 2308 for calibration 13 11 Step 2 Perform battery channel calibration steps 13 12 Step 3 Perform charger channel calibration steps 13 13 Step 4 Program calibration date AA 13 14 Step 5 Save calibration constants and lock out calibration 13 14 Changing the calibration code 2 cccc cceeeseeccetteeeeeeettedeeeeeetenseeneeeees 13 15 Changing the code from the front panel ssueussss 13 16 Changing the code by remote edd eer nen 13 16 Resetting the calibration code ee ee ee ee Re AR ee nnn 13 16 Viewing calibration date and count ee ee ee ee 13 17 Viewing date and count from the front panel ees se ee 13 17 Acquiring date and count by remote seke see Re ee ee RR dee ee ee 13 17 Section 13 Calibration Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Introduction Use the pr
196. he currently selected function on the applicable channel the battery channel being the default and the charger channel requiring a 2 to be appropriately added to the command string The averaged reading or 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 9 3 Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual reading array is sent to the computer when the power supply is addressed to talk The averaged reading is displayed on the front panel The front panel does not show an array of readings only the average of an array All READ commands apply to the presently selected function The number of readings to average or put in an array is set using the SENSe AVERage for voltage current and DVM readings or S ENSe PCURrent AVERage for pulse current readings command See Section 2 and Section 3 for details NOTE 1 READ and READ ARRay readings are always sent in form indicated by the FORMat DATA setting 2 There are no AVERage commands for long integration measurements The array size for long integration readings is fixed at one Therefore both READ and READ ARRay will return a single long integration reading READ AMP Switch to 5A range and then take a measurement on battery channel 1 READ HUNDred Switch to 500mA range and then take a measurement o
197. he integration reading rate of the instrument is specified as a parameter based on the number of power line cycles NPLC where 1 PLC for 60Hz line frequency is 16 67msec 1 60 In general the fastest integration time 0 002 PLC results in increased reading noise The slowest integration Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation time 10 PLC provides the best common mode and normal mode rejection In between settings are a compromise between speed and noise The NPLC RATE 2 menu item is also used to set the reading rate for DVM measurements Note that NPLC RATE 1 2 is not used to set the integration rate for pulse current and long integration measurements These measurements are described in Section 3 and Section 4 respectively Average readings The average reading count 1 to 10 specifies the number of measurement conversions to average for each reading For example with a reading count of 5 each displayed reading will be the average of five measurement conversions The AVER READINGS 2 menu items are also used to set the average reading count for DVM measurements Note that AVER READINGS 711 22 is not used to set the average reading count for pulse current see Section 3 or long integration measurements see Section 4 SCPI programming measure V and I and DVM input The commands to measure output vol
198. he menu follow the table Current range The instrument will not auto range with the long integration measurement function selected Changes to the auto range setting are not used during long integration measurements but are retained for when long integration measurements are no longer taken Long integration measurements may be performed on any of the four ranges for battery channel 1 Long integration measurements are always performed on the 5 A range for the charger channel 2 Therefore selecting long integration with the 5 mA range active will cause the supply to first switch to the 5 A range on the charger channel NOTE To get better trigger level resolution make sure the current range is set appropriately for the expected measurement on the battery channel 1 Current range is linked to current limit Therefore as a general rule the user selects the current range before setting the current limit See Outputting voltage and current for details on current range and current limit Current range is selected from CURRENT RANGE 71 22 item of the menu CURRENT RANGE 1 refers to the battery channel 1 while CURRENT RANGE 2 refers to the charger channel Integration time Use the following items of the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 menu item to set the integration time LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel 1 while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel INTEGRATION TIME Manually set the long integration time For
199. idth channel setting Output Bandwidth ON LOW or HIGH user selectable OFF LOW 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 11 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual NOTE The following steps assume that the appropriate current range is already selected along with current limit mode and voltage protection To set output bandwidth from the front panel Press the MENU key to access the main menu Press A or v keys to scroll to OUT BANDWIDTH Press 4 or gt keys to select Channel 1 or 2 Press ENTER to select Press the A or v keys to scroll to the desired bandwidth setting HIGH or LOW POND NOTE Setting changes can be canceled by pressing the MENU key 6 Press ENTER to save your settings and return to the main menu Output impedance Keithley Instruments Model 2308 has a variable output impedance feature on the battery channel 1 This output impedance setting allows the performance of the battery channel to closely model a real battery s performance with a dynamic load When setting the output impedance to a certain value Rj the output voltage drop will be proportional to the output current see the voltage drop equation below The output voltage will be reduced by the voltage drop Voltage drop equation Vdrop D Ry x K NOTE For a more detailed discussion of output impedance and the performance with various types o
200. igger level feature AMP lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use when on 0 0 the 5A current range 0 0 A 5 0 A in 5 mA steps HUNDred NRf Set the trigger level in amps for use when 0 0 on the 500mA current range 0 0 mA 500 mA in 0 5 mA or 500 pA steps FIFTy lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use when on 0 0 the 50mA current range 0 0 mA 50 mA in 0 05 mA or 50uA steps FIVE lt NRf gt Set the trigger level in amps for use when 0 0 on the 5 mA current range 0 0 mA 5 mA in 0 005 mA or 5 pA steps TEDGe lt name gt Select trigger edge to initiate the RISING measurement RISING FALLING or NEITHER TimeOUT lt NRf gt Specify length of timeout 1 63 sec 16 SEARcCh lt b gt Enable or disable pulse search ON FAST lt b gt Enable or disable long integrations fast OFF readings DETect lt b gt Enable or disable pulse detection mode OFF SENSe2 SENSe subsystem for the charger channel 2 FUNCtion LINTegration Select long integration measurement function VOLT LINTegration Long integration configuration TIME NRf Set integration time in sec X to 60 where X 1 is 0 850 for 60Hz or 0 840 for 50Hz AUTO Integration time set automatically TLEVel NRf Set trigger level in amps 0 5 5mA resolution 0 0 4 11 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manua
201. information Table 13 1 Recommended calibration equipment Manufacturer Description Model Specifications Digital Multimeter Keithley 2001 DC Voltage 20 V 422 ppm 2 V 20 ppm Resistance 20 Q 59 ppm 20k Q x36 ppm Precision Resistor 4 Q 0 196 100 W Precision Resistor 3 KO 0 1 0 125 W Full range 90 day 23 C 5 C accuracy specifications of ranges required for various measurement points Characterize resistor using 4 wire ohms function of DMM before use Resistor connections When performing calibration steps that use either the 4 O or 3k O resistor connect the Model 2308 OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 SENSE leads and Model 2001 DMM test leads as close to the resistor body as possible Resistor considerations The test resistors should be characterized using the 4 wire ohms function of the DMM recommended in Table 13 1 to measure the resistance values Use the measured resistance values to calculate the actual currents during the calibration procedures NOTE The temperature coefficient and temperature change of the 4 Q resistor when passing current at full load must be low enough so that the change in resistance does not cause incorrect readings This is summarized in the following equation Vour R AR 25 of Model 2308 amps specification Where VOUT is the Model 2308 output voltage R is the characterized value of the resistor AR is the change in resistance caused by heatin
202. ing current The LIM message will not appear if the display mode is set to DUAL V AND I TRIP mode If TRIP mode selected the output will turn off when the current limit is reached The TRIP message will appear on the lower line of the display after the current reading indicator A or mA The message will clear when the output is turned back on unless it trips again because of a current limit condition The TRIP message will not appear if the display mode is set to DUAL V AND I NOTE See Table 1 3 for an illustration of the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table To select the CUR LIM MODE from the front panel Press the MENU key to access the main menu Press the A or v keys to scroll to CUR LIM MODE Press the lt or p keys to select Channel 1 or 2 Press ENTER to select Press the A or v keys to scroll to the desired current limit mode LIM or TRIP DF oh zz NOTE Setting changes can be canceled by pressing the MENU key 6 Press ENTER to save your settings and return to the main menu Editing output voltage and current limit values NOTE Output voltage and current limit values are channel specific The number after the number sign indicates the channel affected by editing Current limit is a feature that protects the load from damage under overload conditions The current limit setting indicates the maximum amount of current allowed to flow through the system The setting applies to any of th
203. ing edge Set digitize integration time to 100 us Select pulse current function Trigger and return 3600 readings after syncing to the falling edge for the 1st reading only Pulse current STEP method battery channel only NOTE To function correctly the current range must be selected before setting the trigger level step settings Sample step method The following command sequence step duration is 50ms with a pulse DISP CHAN 1 3 measures pulses similar to the one shown in Figure 3 8 The period of 2 seconds Set active channel battery 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 27 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements 3 28 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Select 5A current range Enable step Select PCUR function Specify 5 up steps Specify 4 down steps active steps 9 5 up 4 down Specify 20 milliseconds integration time for all active steps must be within 400 usec of step duration Specify 3 seconds for first step timeout this has to be longer than pulse period Specify 10 milliseconds for user step delay With 50 milliseconds of step duration we use 50 milliseconds step duration 30 milliseconds 20 milliseconds spare time Recall 400 microseconds needed for complet ing previous step measurement and being ready for next Step tlev value Step 2 tlev value Step 3 tlev value S
204. ing of 60 seconds This allows the Model 23068 to be triggered for step measurements then a few seconds of delay before generating the one shot pulse train The few seconds of delay are required to ensure the Model 2308 is setup and ready to detect the first step when it happens along with the rest of the steps Integration time For the pulse current step method the integration time is required to be at least 400usec less than the step duration This 400usec allows for the Model 2308 to complete the previous measurement conversion and become ready for the next pulse edge With this in mind Table 3 8 lists appropriate integration times Integration time applies to all active steps when step measurements are requested each step has the same integration time Table 3 8 Sample integration times Pulse step duration Step integration times 3 8 ms 3 4 ms 1 25 ms lt 0 85 ms 800 usec lt 400 usec 500 usec lt 100 usec 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 25 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Range with pulse current step Select an appropriate current range for the desired measurements Four current ranges are available 5 A 500 mA 50 mA and 5 mA Make sure all TLEV values are valid in the selected current range There is only one current range for all active steps each step does not have a unique current
205. instrument setup These commands do not trigger measurements but are triggered before reading s They return the last triggered averaged reading or reading array Note that they can repeatedly return the same reading or reading array Until there is a new triggered reading s these commands continue to return the old triggered readi ng s The number of readings to average or put in an array is set using the SENSe AVERage for voltage current and DVM readings or S ENSe PCURrent AVERage for pulse current readings command See Section 2 and Section 3 for details NOTE 1 FETCh and FETCh the FORMat DATA setting 2 There are no AVERage commands for long integration measurements The array size for long integration readings is fixed at one Therefore both FI ES ES Gd E D D UO UO o OA ee J D 0 uj amp M J d Kl D g N v READ2 ARRay ETCh and F ARRay readings are sent in the form indicated by ETCh ARRay will return the last reading Trigger and return reading for the battery channel 1 Trigger and return array of readings for the battery channel 1 Trigger and return reading for the charger channel 2 Trigger and return array of readings for the charger channel 2 The READ command is used to trigger and return a single averaged reading and the READ ARRay command is used to trigger and return an array of readings for t
206. ion process begins after pulse detection the internal trigger delay of 10 us for code execution in addition to any user specified trigger delay must elapse NOTE AUTO time will account for the internal trigger delay 10 usec but not for any user trigger delay user trigger delay is set using the DELay command SENSe 1 PCURrent TIME DIGitize lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent TIME DIGitize NRf Applies to charger channel Z2 This command allows you to specify the integration time that occurs when Model 2308 is digitizing or in burst mode SENS PCUR SYNC STAT is OFF for the particular channel This feature allows you to sample a pulse load for a longer time by increasing the integration time from 33 3 us NOTE Pulse current digitization is also known as pulse current burst mode SENSe 1 PCURrent SYNChronize b Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent SYNChronize b Applies to charger channel 2 Boolean parameters ONor1 Enables trigger synchronization for pulse current measurements A pulse current reading will not trigger until the specified trigger level is detected and the specified trigger delay both the internal plus the user delay period expires OFF or 0 Disables trigger synchronization and selects pulse current digitization See Pulse current digitization for details on digitizing a current pulse or waveform TLEVel Commands A valid trigger l
207. isconnecting cables or jumpers installing or removing switching cards or making internal changes such as installing or removing jumpers Do not touch any object that could provide a current path to the common side of the circuit under test or power line earth ground Always make measurements with dry hands while standing on a dry insulated surface capable of withstanding the voltage being measured The instrument and accessories must be used in accordance with its specifications and operating instructions or the safety of the equipment may be impaired Do not exceed the maximum signal levels of the instruments and accessories as defined in the specifications and operating information and as shown on the instrument or test fixture panels or switching card When fuses are used in a product replace with the same type and rating for continued protection against fire hazard Chassis connections must only be used as shield connections for measuring circuits NOT as safety earth ground connections If you are using a test fixture keep the lid closed while power is applied to the device under test Safe operation requires the use of a lid interlock Ifa screw is present connect it to safety earth ground using the wire recommended in the user documentation The JN symbol on an instrument indicates that the user should refer to the operating instructions located in the user documentation The N symbol on an instrument shows that it can source
208. it until previous commands are completed Effectively the WAT command is a no op no operation for the power supply and therefore does not need to be used Two types of device commands exist Sequential commands A command whose operations are allowed to finish before the next command is executed Overlapped commands A command that allows the execution of subsequent commands while device operations of the overlapped command are still in progress 8 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 8 Common Commands The WAI command is used to suspend the execution of subsequent commands until the device operations of all previous overlapped commands are finished The WAI command is not needed for sequential commands 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 8 5 This page left blank intentionally Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed In this section Topic Page EE 9 2 Command notes Signal oriented measurement commands and eISIIeS o seem etr EE OE OE 9 3 Optimizing measurement speed 9 5 Aut Ler SAE N OE 9 5 Programming examples iese ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 9 6 tale AA es MOE EE RE RO RA Un TA E MAR 9 7 Selecting the 488 1 BFOLIDOL iecit RE rr ted tie 9 7 PROC GENEE MR e petere teet ex deuote ed ee a deu dud e 9 8 Trigger on talk DONT CANNONS Lie e err nati hr ter ose 9 9
209. l 4 12 Table 4 2 SCPI commands long integration measurements Command Description Default TEDGe lt name gt Select trigger edge to initiate the RISING measurement RISING FALLING or NEITHER TimeOUT lt NRf gt Specify length of timeout 1 63 sec 16 SEARch lt b gt Enable or disable pulse search ON FAST lt b gt Enable or disable long integrations fast OFF readings DETect b Enable or disable pulse detection mode OFF READ 1 Trigger and return one reading for battery channel 1 READ2 Trigger and return one reading for charger channel 2 Command notes long integration measurements SENSe 1 FUNCtion LINTegration Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 FUNCtion LINTegration Applies to charger channel 2 The parameter name can be enclosed in single or double quotes single shown above double shown in Table 4 2 SENSe 1 LINTegration SEARch b Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 LINTegration SEARch b Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information SENSe 1 LINTegration FAST b Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 LINTegration FAST b Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information SENSe 1 LINTegration DETect b Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 LINTegration DETect b Applies to charger ch
210. l 4 wire remote sense connection from the DUT to the ouput 2 5 connections for DVM accuracy verification erret vans 12 15 Charger Control Circuit Testing Clearing registers and queues Command execution rules Command notes IEEE 488 2 common commands lee UE 8 2 Long integration measurements 4 12 Measure V and I and DVM input 2 18 Outputting voltage and current 2 14 Pulse current measurements 3 14 SCPI commands data format 10 5 SCPI commands display 10 2 Signal oriented measurement commands and queries 9 3 Command path rules s Command words Common and SCPI commands Event enable registers 7 13 Common commands IDN identification query 8 2 OPC operation complete 8 3 OPC and OPC commands 8 3 OPC operation complete query 8 3 RCL recall ssuss 8 3 RST reset sees ee 8 4 SAV SAVE esse ee ee ee ee 8 3 TRG1 trigger sees eke ee 8 4 TRG2 trigger 8 4 TST self test query 8 4 WAI wait to continue 8 4 Common commands and queries 8 2 Condition registers ke 7 12 Connections 5 A 500 mA and 50 mA current calibration 2 ESEG REEDE Re 13 7 5 mA current verification tests 12 14 5mA range calibration
211. l are set from the PULSE CURRENT item of the menu Details on integration rate average readings count trigger delay and trigger level are provided in the Overview See Table 1 3 for an illustration of the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table 3 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements The menu item AVER READINGS 711 222 applies to average readings for DVM and V where the AVERAGE READINGS under PULSE CURRENT 711 22 applies to pulse current measurement Current range The instrument will not auto range with the pulse current measurement function selected Changes to the auto range setting are not used during pulse current measurements but are retained for when pulse current measurements are no longer taken Pulse current measurements may be performed on any of the current ranges for the battery channel 1 Pulse current measurements are always performed on the 5 A range for charger channel 2 Therefore selecting pulse current with the 5 mA range active on the charger channel 2 will cause the supply to first switch to the 5 A range regardless of the current range setting 5 mA or AUTO Current range is linked to current limit Therefore as a general rule the user selects the current range before setting the current limit see Outputting voltage and current Current range is selected f
212. laneous commands 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 13 17 This page left blank intentionally Appendix A Error and Status Messages In this Appendix Topic Page Error and status message definition see ss ee Ge Ee ee ee ee de ee ee A 2 Appendix A Error and Status Messages Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Error and status message definitions A 2 Table A 1 Error and status messages all models Number Description Event 440 Query unterminated after indefinite response EE 430 Query deadlocked EE 420 Query unterminated EE 410 Query interrupted EE 363 Input buffer overrun SYS 350 Queue overflow SYS 330 Self test failed EE 314 Save recall memory lost EE 315 Configuration memory lost EE 260 Expression error EE 241 Hardware missing EE 230 Data corrupt or stale EE 225 Out of memory EE 224 Illegal parameter value EE 223 Too much data EE 222 Parameter data out of range EE 221 Settings conflict EE 220 Parameter error EE 200 Execution error EE 178 Expression data not allowed EE 171 Invalid expression EE 170 Expression error EE 161 Invalid block data EE 160 Block data error EE 158 String data not allowed EE 154 String too long EE 151 Invalid string data EE 150 String data error EE EE error event SE status event SYS system error event Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 230
213. le cted function dictates how background readings are taken between user triggered readings For pulse current a background reading involves looking for the pulse and optionally generating a reading for the user The various settings of SEARch FAST and DETect allow the user to fine tune the function This enables the function to perform the desired background readings if any between user triggered readings The default settings FAST OFF SEARch ON and DET setti ect OFF allow the pulse current background readings to be taken If no pulse is present the ng of TimeOUT affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands If a pulse is present the search time affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands refer to Figure 3 5 Table 3 4 contains the available settings for FAST SEARch and DETect commands and a description of th e resulting action In order to efficiently use FAST SEARch and DETect for pulse current measurements the user mus leng NO and setti t know the approximate period of the expected pulse TOUT TimeOUT specifies the timeout th for searching for the pulse default setting is 1 second When the TOUT value is reached PULSE is displayed top line of the front panel display if default settings for FAST SEARch DETect are used See Table 3 4 for what is shown on the front panel display if the default ngs are not used Set the value for TOUT as follows TOUT
214. levels for each step measurement according to the expected pulses Based on the wave form the nine trigger levels could be set as follows Table 3 6 Trigger Level Setting for Figure 3 8 Rising Falling TLEV1 100 mA TLEV6 900 mA TLEV2 300 mA TLEV7 600 mA TLEV3 500 mA TLEV8 400 mA TLEV4 700 mA TLEV9 300 mA TLEV5 900 mA For a programming example of this sample see Sample step method 3 22 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator Users Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Figure 3 8 Sample STEP Pulse measurement TLEV mA mA TLEV TLEV mA mA TLEV rising edge falling edge rising edge falling edge TLEVS 900 900 TLEV6 TLEVS 900 900 TLEV6 TLEV4 700 TLEV4 700 A 600 TLEV7 600 TLEV7 TLEV3 500 TLEV3 500 400 TLEV8 400 TLEV8 TLEV2 300 300 TLEV9 TLEV2 300 300 TLEV9 TLEV1 100 TLEV1 100 TIME seconds Pulse sequences rising and falling Consider the pulse form in Figure 3 9 This pulse form has three falling DOWN level steps followed by three rising UP level steps Since these steps rise and fall to the same steady state current active steps need to be designated as 6 UP and 0 DOWN to measure the step level current If DOWN steps are specified then the step level current measured will be the steady state current Fi
215. ls are displayed for the main board and the display board Also displayed is the detected line frequency After displaying the above information any errors that occurred during the startup sequence will be displayed Then the instrument goes to the default settings RST or saved power up settings SAVO 3 with the output off see Default settings Any missed error messages may be viewed over the bus using the SYST ERR command see Error queue 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 1 7 Section 1 Getting Started Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Fuse replacement A rear panel fuse protects the power line input of the power supply To replace the line fuse 1 Power off the unit and remove line cord 2 The fuse drawer is located on the left side of the AC receptacle see Figure 1 5 On the right side of the fuse drawer is a small tab At this location use a screwdriver to pry the fuse drawer open 3 Slide the fuse drawer out to gain access to the fuse Note that the fuse drawer does not pull all the way out of the power module 4 Snap the fuse out of the drawer and replace it with the same type 250 V 2 0 A 5 x 20 mm time lag The Keithley Instruments part number is FU 81 CAUTION For continued protection against fire or instrument damage only replace the fuse with the type and rating listed If the instrument repeatedly blows fuses locate and correct the cause of
216. lse current PULSE HI 1 ON PULSE HI 22 ON Section 3 2 1947 A 2 1947 A PULSE LO 1 ON PULSE LO Z2 ON 0 2147 A 0 2147 A PULSE AVG 1 ON PULSE AVG 2 ON 1 1495 A 1 1495 A Long integration LONG INT 1 ON LONG INT 2 ON Section 4 1 0236 A 1 0236 A NOTE 1 or 2 indicates the active channel ON indicates that the output is turned on With the output turned off OFF is displayed see Section 2 for details on outputting current and voltage NO PULSE is displayed if the output is OFF or pulses are not detected output ON for pulse current and long integration display modes only When a change is made that affects the readings being taken dashes are displayed instead of readings The dashes remain until a valid reading for the new condition is taken Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Default settings Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 1 Getting Started The power supply can be set to power on with the factory default conditions RST defaults or to one of four user saved setup conditions SAVO to SAV3 The factory default conditions are listed in Table 1 3 Table 1 3 Factory defaults RST Reset RST default Setting Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 Output value settings Voltage V 0 000V 0 000V Current A 0 2500A 0 2500A Output state OFF OFF operate Voltage protection 8 V clamp off 8 V clamp off Display type Single
217. lue using the A or v keys 3 Press SET to move the blinking cursor to the current limit field 4 Press the A V 4 or p keys to scroll to the desired current limit 5 Press SET to exit from output settings mode Once in Set Mode enter Set Mode by pressing the SET key the active channel cannot be changed If Set Mode was inadvertently entered or entered in on the wrong channel press the SET key until the blinking cursor disappears to exit Set Mode once out of Set Mode active channel switching is enabled Editing voltage and current values using the SET key cannot be canceled with the MENU key the values are immediately committed Enter the old values by repeating the editing procedure and manually using the A v 4 or p keys to scroll to the desired output voltage or current value s SET key This key is active in any front panel menu or display mode if not already in the output settings mode the SET key will select it Pressing the SET key to exit the output settings mode returns the instrument to the previous display mode or front panel menu V and DACs are updated in real time if the output is on the output is updated immediately when a value is altered If the display mode is set to DUAL V AND then entering SET mode will cause the display to exit back into the SINGLE V AND I mode for the active channel If dual is desired select dual after exiting set mode see V and I display modes Single or Dual Editing sh
218. lues to set the output voltage and current limit Select the desired current range see Selecting proper current range for the battery channel 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA Only the 5 A range is supported for the charger channel Changes to the auto range setting are not used during pulse current measurements but are retained for when pulse current measurements are no longer take Press the MENU key to access the menu Press the A or v keys to scroll to PULSE CURRENT Press the 4 or keys to select Channel 1 or 2 Press ENTER to select Press the A or v keys to scroll to TRIGGER LEVEL 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 7 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 8 Press ENTER to select 9 Forthe battery channel only press the A or v keys to scroll to the desired current range trigger level 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA 10 Use the A V 4 or p keys to scroll to the desired trigger level setting 11 Press ENTER to select NOTE Pulse measurements for the battery channel are performed on the current range selected 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA pulse measurements on the charger channel are automatically performed on the 5 A current range On the battery channel the trigger level setting will automatically update to the trigger level associated with the selected current range 12 F
219. ly 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed released when all the commands have finished executing or if there is some parser or command error Trigger on talk Trigger on talk functionality has been added for the 488 1 protocol If a query has not been received by the instrument the power supply will automatically assume a read query command has been sent when it is addressed to talk This technique increases GPIB speed by decreasing the transmission and parser times for the command Trigger on talk applies to the active channel DISP CHAN If the active channel is the battery channel 1 then it assumes a READ1 if channel 2 is active then READ2 Message available The MAV message available bit in the Serial Poll byte will be set when the query is finished being processed not when there is data available in the output buffer as with the SCPI protocol For the 488 1 protocol output data will not be formatted until the first request for data is received This delay may cause unexpected time outs when using SRQ on MAV for queries that take a long time to execute General operation notes The remote blinking R on the front panel still operates since it is critical to fundamental GPIB operation Ifthe unit is in REMote the GTL command may not put the power supply into the local mode Only the front panel LOCAL key is guarant
220. m for in depth analysis on the battery channel only see Analog output for more information When used with a pulsed load the power supply can read back peak current idle current and average current see Section 3 for details A long integration up to 60 seconds function is provided to measure average current of a low frequency pulse long period or a series of pulses see Section 4 for details Figure 1 3 Simplified power supply diagram Battery Channel Charger Channel Channel 1 Channel 2 V Source V met V Source V met Source with I Limit 2 Source with I Limit um e O e 9 LA e O O 5 50mA Current Shunt Monitors DVM Digital Voltmeter O 0 5 5A e O Lim Remote display option If you are mounting the power supply in a location where the display cannot be seen or the controls are not easily accessible use this option see Figure 1 4 This remote display module 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 1 5 Section 1 Getting Started Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual includes all front panel instrument controls features with the exception of power All features and menus work as described for the Model 2308 A 9 foot cable attaches the remote display to the rear panel of the power supply allowing the unit to be operated remotely Figure 1 4 Model 2306 DISP Remote display option KEIT
221. mation Model 2308 User s Manual Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode 3 18 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Table 3 4 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect commands cont FAST SEARCH DETECT DESCRIPTION OFF ON ON This mode allows the user to know whether the pulse disappeared before a user triggered reading is requested The responsiveness of bus commands is governed by TOUT if no pulses are detected or by search time if pulses are detected Therefore the longest response time to bus commands is approximately the greater of either TOUT or search time values Refer to Figure 3 5 If the pulse is detected the front panel will display DETECT HI LO AV on the top line of the display If no pulses are detected the front panel will display NO DETECT as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit is latched until read a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is showing DETECT see Section 7 on the status model for more information Model 2308 User s Manual The bottom line may show a previous reading or dashes based on what commands were sent previously when in remote mode Checking for the parameter of PCUR TLEV command may set the PTT bit of the status
222. measurement and less than the expected high measurement the message will not appear For example if the expected pulse high value is 2 2 A and the expected pulse low value is 0 5 A the output is on and the current range is 5 A notice the following results Setting 0 3 A TRIG NOT DETECTED is displayed setting too low Setting 3 0 A TRIG NOT DETECTED is displayed setting too high Setting 1 1 A The message will not display setting correct 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 11 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual See To change the trigger level setting for a current range for information on setting the trigger level setting for a current range For the charger channel 2 the trigger level setting is only available on the 5 A range NOTE Setting the trigger level and or the current range may cause the PULSE CURR TRIG NOT DETECTED message to appear SCPI programming pulse current measurements The commands for pulse current measurements are summarized in Table 3 3 a listing following the table contains specific command notes Programming examples demonstrate how to use these commands Table 3 3 SCPI commands pulse current measurements Command Description Default SENSe 1 SENSe subsystem for battery channel 1 FUNCtion PCURrent Select pulse current measurement function VOLT PCURrent Pulse current configuration
223. mmand parameters Table 2 3 SCPI command summary outputting voltage and current Commands Description Default SENSe 1 SENSe 1 subsystem for battery channel 1 CURRent Current function RANGe Set current measurement range UPPer lt n gt Specify expected current in amps 0 to 5 5 0 AUTO lt b gt Enable or disable auto range OFF SENSe2 SENSe2 subsystem for charger channel 2 CURRent Current function RANGe Set current measurement range UPPer lt n gt Specify expected current in amps 0 to 5 5 0 AUTO lt b gt Enable or disable auto range OFF SOURce 1 SOURce1 subsystem for battery channel 1 VOLTage n Set voltage amplitude in volts 0 to 15 1mV resolution 0 0 PROTection NRf Sets VPT voltage protection range 0 8V DV STATe lt b gt Query state of VPT no associated command CLAMp lt b gt Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF OFF CURRent n Set current limit value in amps 0 006 to 5 100UA res 0 25 TYPe name Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP LIM STATe Query state of current limit no associated command SOURce2 SOURce2 subsystem for charger channel 2 VOLTage n Set voltage amplitude in volts 0 to 15 1 mV resolution 0 0 PROTection NRf Sets VPT range 0 8V DV STATe lt b gt Query state of VPT no associated command CLAMp b Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF OFF CURRent n Set current limit value in amps 0 006 to 5 100 pA res 10 25 TYPe
224. model For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the reading times out and the pulse is not detected OFF ON OFF With DETect OFF background pulse current measurements will occur between user triggered readings as well as pulse detection If the pulse is detected the front panel will display PULSE HI LO AVG on the top line of the display along with the reading on the bottom line If no pulses are detected the front panel will display NO PULSE as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit is latched a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is displaying PULSE HI LO AVG and a reading see Section 7 on the status model for more information Model 2308 User s Manual Checking for the parameter of PCUR TLEV commands to detect a pulse may set the PTT bit If detecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by search time If not detecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by TOUT Therefore the longest response time to bus commands is approximately the greater of either TOUT or search time refer to Figure 3 5 In this mode the front panel will show PULSE HI LO AVG on the top line with a reading on the bottom Checking the parameter of PCUR TLEV commands to detect a pulse may set the PTT bit of the status model if TLEV setting causes no pulse
225. n battery channel 1 READ FIFTy Switch to 50mA range and then take a measurement on battery channel 1 READ FIVE Switch to 5 mA range and then take a measurement on battery channel 1 NOTE If auto range is enabled on battery channel 1 the READ 1 AMP READ 1 HUNDred READ 1 FIFTy and READ 1 FIVE commands will disable auto range While sending one of these commands if the selected function is pulse current and the pulse current step feature is enabled ON then a settings conflict error message will be generated To change current ranges when using the pulse current function with step enabled use the SENS1 CURR RANG command to change ranges then send the READ measurements The READ 1 AMP RI FADI1 HUNDred RI ARR command to take the EAD 1 FIFTy and READ 1 FIVE commands only apply to the battery channel First the command will change range as indicated by command if needed Then the command will take a measurement on the selected function These commands do not change the function to current The setting of function remains unchanged Therefore make sure the function is set correctly before using these commands If needed use the SENS FUNC command to switch to the desired function 9 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 9 Measurement Commands and
226. n cleared and the program will simply proceed normally after the serial poll is performed If an SRQ does occur bit B6 of the status byte register will set and the program can branch to a service subroutine when the SRQ is detected by the serial poll The serial poll automatically resets RQS of the status byte register This allows subsequent serial polls to monitor bit B6 for an SRQ occurrence generated by other event types After a serial poll the same event can cause another SRQ even if the event register that caused the first SRQ has not been cleared The serial poll does not clear MSS The MSS bit stays set until all status byte summary bits are reset SPE SPD serial polling The SPE SPD general bus command is used to serial poll the power supply Serial polling obtains the serial poll byte status byte Typically serial polling is used by the controller to determine which of several instruments has requested service with the SRQ line 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 7 7 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Status byte and service request commands The commands to program and read the status byte register and service request enable register are listed in Table 7 3 For details on programming and reading registers see Programming enable registers and Reading registers NOTE To reset the bits of the service request enable register to 0 use 0
227. n take a measurement on battery channel 1 READ FIFTy Switch to 50mA range then take a measurement on battery channel 1 READ 1 FIVE Switch to 5mA range then take a measurement on battery channel 1 READ2 Triggers and returns a new charger channel 2 reading READ2 ARRay Triggers and returns a new array of charger channel 2 readings MEASure 1 lt function gt Performs a READ on the specified battery channel 1 function MEASure 1 ARRay lt function gt Performs a READ ARRa y on the specified battery channel 1 function MEASure2 function Performs a READ2 on the specified charger channel 2 function MEASure2 ARRay function Performs a READ2 ARRa y on the specified charger channel 2 function BOTHTRG Triggers a reading on channel 1 and then channel 2 After this command completes the display is set for Channel 2 BOTHFUNC name Sets the battery channel 1 then the charger channel 2 to the function specified by name Valid strings for name are VOLTage CURRent PCURrent or LINTegration Since DVMeter is a charger only function sending this command with a name such as DVMeter will generate a string data error 150 message BOTHFETCH Responds with channel 1 and channel 2 readings in a single message The message contains a value for channel 1 a comma and then a value for channel 2 After this command completes the display i
228. nd SENSE to INPUT LO 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 12 5 Section 12 Performance Verification Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 12 1 Connections for voltage verification tests KEITHLEY eg 2001 MULTIMETER 00000000 DISPLAY N wor cx Lac C Goes C Cue nem mn ER T POWER RANGE AMPS 2 O o Gass Cove GT Ga v e OUTPUT 71 connections shown Use OUTPUT Z2 for Charger Channel Model 2001 DMM DVMIN J ANALOG OUTPUT D 30 VDC MAX SE AN ET source 3 ARE ES E 5 50 0 5 5 e wu e e Fo n e RAN PR PR PR geg NAAR mem RARR LL ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS MAX MAX _ LINE FUSE A SLOWBLOW d 2 0A 250V E LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 24VDC MAX 50 60 HZ 165VAMAX 488 REMOTE ENTER Er ADDRESS DISPLAY FROM FRONT PANEL GEE OPTION i ioe MADE IN KEITHUEY venen m CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Model 2308 2 Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto ranging Press the 4 or p keys to select Channel 1 Make sure the output is turned on 4 Verify output voltage accuracy for each of the voltages listed in Table 12 2 For each test point Set the output voltage to the indicated value A value of current compliance of 0 25 A is s
229. nd display long integration current measurements NOTE For the battery channel 1 make sure the current range setting agrees with the trigger level setting set in Step 4 LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED message The TRIG NOT DETECTED message is possibly displayed when specific TLEV settings coupled with specific current ranges have been set and a trigger has not been detected Refer to Table 4 1 for message preconditions See Long integration measurement procedure for information on setting the current range Table 4 1 TRIG NOT DETECTED message TLEV setting Current range TRIG NOT DETECTED Message displayed 90 mA for 500 mA current 5 mA No not checked because TLEV setting does not match range current range 90 mA for 500 mA current 50 mA No not checked because TLEV setting does not match range current range 0 75 A for 5 A current range 5A May appear 0 1 A for 500 mA current range 500 mA May appear 3 0 A for 5 A current range 5A May appear 0 03 A for 50 mA current range 50 mA May appear 0 003 A for 5 mA current range 5 mA May appear 1 1 A for 5 A current range 5mA No not checked because TLEV setting does not match current range 1 1 A for 5 A current range 500 mA No not checked because TLEV setting does not match current range Depends upon the OUTPUT If OFF the message will appear If ON display of the message will depend on the trigger level setting If trigger level setting gr
230. nerate an IEEE 488 bus SRQ Service Request when an error occurs send the following command SRE 4 This command will enable SRQ when the EAV bit is set You can then read the status byte and error queue as outlined above to check for errors and to determine the exact nature of the error Table B 2 Calibration errors Error number Error message 404 Volt fullscale cal prepare error chan 1 405 Volt fullscale cal output error chan 1 406 Volt fullscale cal meas error chan 1 409 5 Amp source cal prepare error chan 1 410 5 Amp source cal output error chan 1 411 5 Amp source cal measure error chan 1 412 500 mA source cal prepare error chan 1 413 500 mA source cal measure error chan1 414 50 mA source cal prepare error chan 1 415 50 mA source cal measure error chan1 416 5 mA source cal prepare error chan 1 417 5 mA source cal measure error chan 1 429 Volt fullscale cal prepare error chan 2 430 Volt fullscale cal output error chan 2 431 Volt fullscale cal meas error chan 2 432 DVM full scale cal meas error chan 2 434 5 Amp source cal prepare error chan 2 435 5 Amp source cal output error chan 2 436 5 Amp source cal measure error chan 2 437 5 mA source cal prepare error chan 2 438 5 mA source cal measure error chan 2 Detecting calibration step completion When sending remote calibration commands you must wait until the instrument completes the
231. nge Code NO 7 Besure NO is selected use the A and v keys press ENTER then follow the steps below to calibrate the unit see Changing the calibration code to change the code Table 13 2 Model 2308 front panel calibration summary Steps D ipti Nominal calibration SESCH signal Test connections 0 Full scale 14 V output 14 V Figure 13 1 1 Full scale output calibration 14 V Figure 13 1 2 Full scale measure calibration 14 V Figure 13 1 3 16 Source 5 A full scale current calibration 1 9A Figure 13 2 4 17 5 A current limit calibration 1 9A Figure 13 2 5 18 5 A measure calibration 1 9A Figure 13 2 Step numbers correspond to CAL PROT STEP command numbers See Table 13 3 Steps 0 through 11 calibrate battery channel 1 Steps 12 through 20 calibrate charger channel 2 Factory default display values shown Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 13 2 Model 2308 front panel calibration summary Section 13 Calibration Nominal calibration Steps Description signal Test connections 6 Source 500 mA full scale current 450 mA Figure 13 2 7 500 mA measure cal 450 mA Figure 13 2 8 Source 50 mA full scale current 45 mA Figure 13 2 9 50 mA measure calibration 45 mA Figure 13 2 10 19 Source 5 mA full scale 4 5 mA Figure 13 3 11 20 5 mA range measure calibration 4 5 mA Figure
232. nnel number is not shown the lt or keys presses will be ignored Also the 4 or p keys presses will be ignored if a submenu only exists on the battery channel not on the charger channel The active channel may be changed in the main menu and the top submenus for pulse current and long integration The active channel cannot be changed in all other submenus Select the displayed primary menu item by pressing ENTER With PULSE CURRENT or LONG INTEGRATION selected use the A or v keys to display the secondary items again pressing ENTER selects the displayed item NOTE Before pressing enter make sure the desired channel is active If ENTER is pressed with the incorrect channel selected press the MENU key to cancel changes use the lt or p keys to scroll to the desired channel and then press ENTER to select the displayed primary menu item Display and change settings and selections for a menu item using the edit keys a V 4 or gt keys Fora setting use 4 or keys to place the cursor on the desired digit then use the A or v keys to increase or decrease the value unless noted otherwise Rapid jump to minimum or maximum To rapidly jump to the maximum value increment the most significant digit the left further most digit in the selection setting If the most 1 14 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 1 Getting St
233. not appear on the display Bit B3 current limit 1 CL1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel s 1 output is in current limit This bit clears when the instrument is no longer in current limit battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 7 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 7 9 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Bit B4 current limit tripped 1 CLT1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel s 1 output has turned off due to a current limit trip condition This bit clears when the output is turned back on battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 8 Bit B5 heat sink shutdown HSS This bit indicates that the output has turned off due to the output stage heat sink overheating Bit B6 power supply shutdown PSS This bit indicates that the output has turned off due to the main AC DC power supply heat sink overheating Bit B7 current limit 2 CL2 Set bit indicates that the charger channel s 2 output is in current limit This bit clears when the instrument is no longer in current limit charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 3 Bit B8 current limit tripped 42 CLT2 Set bit indicates that the charger channel s 2 output has turned off due to a current limit trip condition This bit clears when the output is turned back on charger channel only for the battery channel see Bi
234. number of readings average count have been taken reading the event register will return a value that has bit 9 set bit 9 has a decimal value of 512 STAT MEAS ENAB 512 TRG STAT MEAS Enable BF1 Buffer Full for battery channel Trigger buffer data Read Measurement Event Register Once STAT MEAS returns a value that has bit 9 bit 9 has a decimal value of 512 set talk to the instrument for the data Request the buffer data from Model 2308 Talk Model 2308 for the array buffer data Language specific FETCh ARR Language specific This slows down the responsiveness of the Model 2308 since while the unit is trying to fill the buffer it has to respond to the STATMEAS to let you know if the buffer is full Once the buffer is full it may be talked for the array of data as shown in the example If the Model 2308 is talked too early for the buffer data then a GPIB timeout may occur see Setting the GPIB timeout for responses The following command sequence enables the battery channel e 1 buffer full bit B9 of the measurement register set and then causes an SRQ when the buffer is full STAT MEAS ENAB 512 SRE 1 READ ARR Language specific Language specific Enable BF1 Buffer Full for battery channel Enable MSB bit of status byte Trigger buffer data Wait for an SRO on BEI Talk Model 2308 for the array buffer data This method prevents the Model 2308 from being talked too early for data In addition
235. o RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER pulse detection will fail since synchronization to an edge for triggering does not occur there is nothing for the unit to detect In this mode the front panel will show LONG INT on the top line with a reading on the bottom The user will have to determine if the pulse was present for the reading or not In this mode the PTT bit of the status model will not be set as well and therefore not useful Since checking the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse looks for the RISING edge this may set the PTT bit of the status model if TLEV setting causes no rising edge pulse detection Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 4 15 Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Programming examples Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 SENS CURR RANG 300e 3 VOLT 15 CURR 0 75 OUTP ON SENS LINT TLEV HUND 0 1 SENS LINT TEDG RISING SENS LINT TIME AUTO SENS FUNC LINT READ Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 SENS2 CURR RANG 5 SOUR2 VOLT 15 SOUR2 CURR 0 75 OUTP2 ON SENS2 LINT TEDge RISING SENS2 LINT TLEV 0 1 SENS2 LINT TIME AUTO SENS2 FUNC LINT READ2 Return to Section Topics Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Sets display to battery channel Select 500 mA range Set output voltage to 15 V Set current limit to 750 mA Turn output on Set trigger
236. ocedures in this section to calibrate the Keithley Instruments Model 2308 These procedures require accurate test equipment to measure precise DC voltages and currents Calibration can be performed either from the front panel or by sending SCPI calibration commands over the IEEE 488 bus with the aid of a computer WARNING The information in this section is intended only for qualified service personnel Do not attempt these procedures unless you are qualified to do so Environmental conditions Temperature and relative humidity Conduct the calibration procedures at an ambient temperature of 18 28 C 65 82 F with a relative humidity of less than 7096 unless otherwise noted Warm up period Allow the Model 2308 to warm up for at least one hour before performing calibration If the instrument has been subjected to temperature extremes those outside the ranges stated above allow additional time for the instrument s internal temperature to stabilize Typically allow one extra hour to stabilize a unit that is 10 C 18 F outside the specified temperature range Allow the test equipment to warm up for the minimum time specified by the manufacturer Line power The Model 2308 requires a line voltage of 100 to 240 V at line frequency of 50 or 60 Hz The instrument must be calibrated while operating from a line voltage within this range Calibration considerations When performing the calibration procedures
237. oes not extend into the third pulse Trigger edge A pulse edge can be used to trigger the start of the measurement Either a rising or a falling pulse edge can start the measurement A pulse has to be detected before a rising or falling pulse edge can trigger a long integration measurement All pulses that are less than the specified trigger level are ignored Trigger level Pulse edges are ignored while a long integration is in process A third option is available if you do not want measurements controlled by pulse edges With NEITHER selected measurements start as soon as the long integration function is selected This option does not need a valid trigger level to generate a reading It will perform a measurement and produce a reading of the current even if a pulse is not present Therefore with NEITHER selected the NO PULSE message will not appear on the display Trigger level Before a rising or falling pulse edge can trigger the start of a long integration the pulse must first be detected Trigger level specifies the minimum pulse level that will cause detection For example if the trigger level is set for 2 A pulses that are 22 A will be detected Current pulses 2 A are ignored 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 4 3 Section 4 Long Integration Measurements 4 4 The charger channel has only one trigger level setting for the 5 A current range 0 A to 5 A The battery channel 1 has four trigger level se
238. olt e 1 13 MAV Message Available Bit 6 4 Measurement configuration 2 16 2 19 4 6 Measurement event status 7 10 MID OE EE IE Messade ee Message Available Bit Message exchange protocol 6 12 Multiple command messages 6 10 Multiple response messages 6 11 NPLG Tate ioo riot petiti d EE GN Di 2 16 Operation event status 7 9 7 10 Optimizing measurement speed 9 5 Auto Zero State oo ee 9 5 Programming examples 9 6 Optional Command Words 1 15 Options and accessories ste OUtDUL ER EE ES bete ES uS Ade CUPU EE RE EE EE Output bandwidth ee ee OUTPut command summary 11 5 Output impedance ds Changing 3 5 dietis tinis a lu ele ET Outputting and reading back V and I 2 21 Outputting voltage and current 2 6 Overview Common commands 8 2 Long Integration Measurements 4 2 Relay Control iss RES SERS EE gs es 5 2 Signal oriented measurement e elle EE 9 2 Status structure see ee ee 7 2 Parameters sie EA REF SKREE 6 7 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect command reference 3 18 Phone n mbe rs i itia nnn 1 3 Power je Power supply overview seses 1 3 Power Up Connection Line Power 1 7 Fuse replacement 1 7 Sequence aded Primary a
239. ommand see Section 8 for details on OPC Bit B2 query error QYE Set bit indicates that you attempted to read data from an empty output queue Bit B3 device dependent error DDE Set bit indicates that an instrument operation did not execute properly due to some internal condition Bit B4 execution error EXE Set bit indicates that the power supply detected an error while trying to execute a command 7 8 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 7 Status Structure Bit B5 command error CME Set bit indicates that a command error has occurred Command errors include EEE 488 2 syntax error power supply received a message that does not follow the defined syntax of the IEEE 488 2 standard Semantic error power supply received a command that was misspelled or received an optional IEEE 488 2 command that is not implemented The instrument received a group execute trigger GET inside a program message Bit B6 user request URQ Set bit indicates that the LOCAL key on the power supply front panel was pressed Bit B7 power ON PON Set bit indicates that the power supply has been turned off and turned back on since the last time this register has been read Figure 7 3 Standard event status at To ESB Bit of Status Byte OR r Register Le PON URQ CME EXE DDE QYE OPC Standard Event K
240. on have been calculated using only the Model 2308 accuracy specifications and they do not include test equipment uncertainty If a particular measurement falls outside the allowable range recalculate new limits based both on Model 2308 specifications and corresponding test equipment specifications Example limits calculation NOTE Check the complete product Specifications at www keithley com for updated output limits As an example of how verification limits are calculated assume you are testing the unit using a 10 V output value Using the voltage output accuracy specification of 0 05 of output 3 mV offset the calculated output limits are Output limits 10 V 10 V X 0 05 3 mV Output limits 10 V 0 005 0 003 Output limits 10 V 0 008 V Output limits 9 992 V to 10 008 V Performing the verification test procedures Test summary DC voltage output accuracy 12 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 12 Performance Verification DC voltage readback accuracy DC current output accuracy DC current readback accuracy Digital voltmeter input accuracy If the Model 2308 is not within specifications and out of warranty see the calibration procedures in Section 13 for information on calibrating the unit Test considerations When performing the verification procedures Make sure that the test equipment is prop
241. on tests esse ee ee 12 12 connections for 500 mA current verification tests sssss 12 11 Fastest transient response connection 2 4 Preferred connection maximum stability 2 3 BOTHOUTOFF see ese 2 14 2 15 BOTHOUTON ee ee ee 2 14 2 15 BUS EE meses EO EE 9 8 Calibration Acauiring date and count by remote 13 17 Ambient temperature 13 2 Changing the code 13 15 Changing the code by remote 13 16 Changing the code from the front panel serunum 13 16 Connections Resistor 13 3 Considerations oe EE EE Enter dates and save 13 10 Environmental conditions 13 2 Front panel sussies RE e cities 13 4 LING POWT sees EE SERIES EE NG 13 2 Prepare the Model 2306 13 4 13 11 Program date 13 14 Recommended equipment 13 3 ROMOLO EER Remote display Remote procedure Resetting the code Resistor considerations 13 3 Temperature and relative humidity 13 2 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Index Viewing date and count 13 17 Viewing date and count from the front panel see Re ee 13 17 Warm up period ee 13 2 Calibration steps Perform battery channel 13 5 13 12 Perform charger channel 13 9 13 13 Case sensitivity eessuuus 6 9 Charger channe
242. on the 5 mA current range 0 0 mA 5 mA in 0 005 mA or 5 uA steps Query setting for trigger level in amps for use on the 5 mA current range Specify trigger delay in seconds 0 0 0 1 pulse current measurements or 0 0 5 0 pulse current digitization Query specified trigger delay dependent on SYNC STAT Default parameter 0 0 0 ON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SCPI No query or short form exists Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 11 SCPI Tables Table 11 4 SENSe command summary refer to Table 2 3 Table 3 2 and Table 4 2 Default Command Description parameter SCPI FAST lt b gt Enable or disable pulse current fast readings OFF FAST Query pulse current fast reading setting SEARCh lt b gt Enable or disable pulse current search ON SEARCh Query pulse current search setting DETect b Enable or disable pulse current detection mode OFF DETect Query pulse current detection mode setting TimeOUT NRf Specify length of timeout 5ms 32s incrementing 1 sec in 1ms TimeOUT Query pulse current timeout setting LINTegration Path to configure long integration measurements refer to Section 4 TEDGe name Set trigger edge to start long integration RISING measurement RISING FALLING NEITHER TEDGe Query trigger
243. or internal source are controlled from the main menus OUTPUT RELAYS menu item the main menu is accessed by pressing the MENU key Each of the four output relays can be controlled from this menu NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Pressing the ENTER key accepts the current configuration pressing the MENU key cancels the changes and recalls the previous settings Setting a relay 1 4 to a 1 closes the relay control circuit energizes the relay A 0 opens the circuit de energizes the relay Press the MENU key Press A or v keys to scroll to OUTPUT RELAYS Press ENTER to select Use the dor p keys to move the blinking cursor through the available relays 1 2 3 amp 4 Immediately following the relay number and colon is the relay control option Set the relay control options for each relay to a 1 or 0 Selecting a 1 closes the relay control circuit to energize the relay selecting a 0 opens the circuit to de energize the relay 5 Use the A and v arrow key to toggle the blinking cursor s value between 1 close or zero open Bog oc Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 6 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to set the relays as desired 7 Save the changes for all four relays press the ENTER key located on the front panel Section 5 Relay Control NOTE To cancel changes made press the MENU k
244. ore verification As measured by digital multimeter 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 12 7 Section 12 Performance Verification Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Compliance current accuracy NOTE When verifying the battery channel 1 make sure you connect the source and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned Follow the steps below to verify compliance current accuracy is within specified limits The test involves setting the compliance current to specific values and determining the actual current by measuring the voltages across a characterized 1 O resistor with a precision digital multimeter 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 1 Q resistor to OUTPUT 1 SOURCE terminals as shown in Figure 12 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Be sure to use 4 wire connections to the resistor terminals Figure 12 2 Connections for output current and 5 A range current verification tests KEITHLEY E NES Input HI Input LO OUTPUT 1 connections shown Use OUTPUT 2 Ki for Charger Channel 2001 MULTIMETER OOOBOOG A DISPLAY or Gare a us Cope Ad moer Em EM POWER RANGE AMPS
245. ortcuts The following editing shortcuts can be used when the output is OFF Output voltage can be quickly set to the maximum value by incrementing the tens digit MSD Note that if the tens digit is zero it is not displayed Place the cursor to the left of the units digit Output voltage can be quickly set to zero 0 000 V by decrementing the first leading zero of the reading If there is no leading zero decrement the tens digit Current limit can be quickly set to its maximum value by incrementing the units digit MSD 2 10 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Current limit on either range can be quickly set to the minimum value 0 006 A by decrementing the first leading zero of the reading If there is no leading zero decrement the units digit Editing restrictions The following editing restrictions are in effect when the output is ON You cannot increment a digit that would display a value that jumps to the maximum For example for the value 14 200 V you cannot increment the 1 or the 4 since the resultant value would exceed 15 000 V When decrementing a digit only that digit and digits to the left are affected The digits to the right of the cursor are not changed Using the OPERATE key NOTE Pressing the OPERATE key is channel specific The number after the number sign indicate
246. ote sense connection from the DUT to the output 2 5 enable siste GEEN 6 5 indicator and LOCAL key 6 7 remote display 1 6 Remote display option 1 6 REN remote enable 6 5 Resistor considerations 12 4 Response message terminator RMT 6 11 ME X 2 6 Safety symbols and terms 1 3 Sample TLEV values 3 23 Save calibration constants and lock out Calibration emen 13 14 SCPI command display e EE 10 2 General notes susse ds blau 11 2 Output relay control 5 5 Outputting voltage and current 2 13 Index Index Subsystems reference tables 11 2 SCPI programming 1 15 3 12 4 11 ad EE cheque tege 2 19 Measure V and I and DVM input 2 17 Outputting voltage and current 2 13 SDC selective device clear 6 6 Selective device clear 6 6 Sending a response message SENSe command summary a SERIAL NUMBER eese 1 13 Serial polling sukses on iine 6 6 7 7 Serial polling and SRQ 7 7 Service request enable register 7 7 Setting the GPIB timeout for Responses 6 4 Short form rules eere 6 9 Signal Oriented Measurement
247. other channel CAUTION Allow for adeguate ventilation around the front and rear panel openings to prevent the unit from overheating which may degrade performance Make sure that the maximum combined channel output is not exceeded see complete Specifications at www keithley com Also do not exceed 3 A when using the power supply as a sink For output voltages exceeding 5 V the maximum sink current is less than 3 A derate the maximum sink current 0 2 A for each volt over 5 V NOTE When using the power supply as a sink negative polarity the power supply is dissipating rather than sourcing power see Sink operation 1 4 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 1 Getting Started A simplified diagram of the power supply is shown in Figure 1 3 Note that it can read back the output voltage Vieter and current meter Display resolution for voltage readback is 1mV The battery channel 1 has four current ranges 5 A 500 mA 50 mA and 5 mA The charger has 5 A and 5 mA The resolution on 5 A is 100 pA and on 5 mA is 0 1 uA The 500 mA is 10 uA and 50 mA is 1uA The power supply also has a digital voltmeter DVM on the charger channel only that is independent of the power supply circuit The DVM can measure up to 30 V 1 mV resolution The power supply has analog output pins that allow acquisition of the load current wavefor
248. p duration we have 50 microseconds to spare 600 step duration 400 step processing time 100 step integration time 50 step delay 50 spare time Specify 3 milliseconds for step timeout except for first step Recall timeout needs to be long enough to bypass the 600 mA 300 mA and 100 mA steps but not so short it misses the 450 mA step 600usec x 3 1 8 msec Using 3 psec accounts for the first step spare time as well Specify 3 seconds for first step timeout Recall for continuous pulse measurement need to have an initial step timeout long enough to bypass the pulse period Step 1 tlev value Step 2 tlev value Step 3 tlev value Return to Section Topics 3 29 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual SENS PCUR STEP TLEVA 625e 3 Step 4 tlev value READ ARR Trigger and return the 4 step measurements 3 30 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 In this section Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Topic Page quil 4 2 Integration time esse ee Ee RA sesenta nnns 4 3 e ere edge Em 4 3 Trigger level ae Ee ee EA KG Kaak Ka Ee KG ae Ee Ke ee 4 3 Pulse Deutz E 4 4 Measurement configuration ss EES RE EERS reet en t nentes 4 6 Dri EE 4 6 gri a rs re EE 4 6 ai i 4 7 Trigger edge and trigger level RR GR GE ER RA ASE Ge AG de ek
249. pdated current readback accuracy limits before verification As measured by digital multimeter and 30 Q resistance value 50 mA range readback accuracy NOTE When verifying the battery channel 1 make sure you connect the source and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned To verify that current readback accuracy is within specified limits 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 30 Q resistor to the OUTPUT 1 terminals as shown in Figure 12 4 Be sure to observe proper polarity and connections 30 Q resistor between SOURCE and DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to DMM INPUT LO Figure 12 4 Battery channel connections for 50 mA current verification tests Input HI KEITHLEY ya WE d 2001 MULTIMETER TE 00000000 AS Q GED GED GD GoD CANO neen Say POWER RANGE 9 O Gelee Gelee ove GED e e Ilo 30 Resistor Model 2001 DMM a ge Note Use 4 wire connections A o to resistor terminals Zeie 8 PROM FRONT PANEL MENU e e WW TTT RR EE ER j Model 2308 2 Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto range 3 Press the lt or p keys to select Channel 1 Select the 50 mA readback range and actual current reading data 4 Turn on the out
250. ping carton check for any obvious signs of physical damage that may have occurred during transit NOTE There may be a protective film over the display lens which can be removed Report any damage to the shipping agent immediately Save the original packing carton for possible future shipment The following items are included with every order Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator with line cord Quick Disconnect Connector 2 Accessories as ordered Certificate of calibration Product Information CD ROM that contains PDFs of Model 2308 User s Manual and Model 2308 Quick Start Guide Any improvements or changes concerning the instrument or manual will be explained in an addendum included with the manual Be sure to note these changes and incorporate them into the manual Options and accessories The following options and accessories are available for the power supply e 2306 DISP remote display unit Low inductance coaxial cable SC 182 e Single fixed rack mount kit P N 4288 1 Dual fixed rack mount kit P N 4288 2 EEE 488 Interface for PCI bus P N KPCI 488LP USB to GPIB adapter interface P N KUSB 488A Double shielded premium GPIB cable 0 5 m 1 6 ft P N 7007 05 Double shielded premium GPIB cable 1 m 3 2 ft P N 7007 1 Double shielded premium GPIB cable 2 m 6 5 ft P N 7007 2 Double shielded premium GPIB cable 3 m 10 ft P N 7007 3 Double shielded premium GPIB cable
251. ponds to the IFC command by canceling TALK or LSTN mode if the instrument was previously placed in one of those states Note that this command does not affect the status of the instrument settings data and event registers are not changed To send the IFC command the controller must set the IFC line true for a minimum of 100us LLO local lockout Use the LLO command to prevent local operation of the instrument After the unit receives LLO all its front panel controls except POWER are inoperative In this state pressing the LOCAL key will not restore control to the front panel The GTL command restores control to the front panel GTL go to local Use the GTL command to put a remote mode instrument into local mode The GTL command also restores front panel key operation DCL device clear Use the DCL command to clear the GPIB interface and return it to a known state Note that the DCL command is not an addressed command so all instruments equipped to implement DCL will do so simultaneously When the power supply receives a DCL command it clears the input buffer and output queue cancels deferred commands and clears any command that prevents the processing of any other device command A DCL does not affect instrument settings and stored data SDC selective device clear The SDC command is an addressed command that performs essentially the same function as the DCL command However since each device must be individually address
252. ponent note that selected parts should be purchased only through Keithley Instruments to maintain accuracy and functionality of the product If you are unsure about the applicability of a replacement component call a Keithley Instruments office for information To clean an instrument use a damp cloth or mild water based cleaner Clean the exterior of the instrument only Do not apply cleaner directly to the instrument or allow liquids to enter or spill on the instrument Products that consist of a circuit board with no case or chassis e g a data acquisition board for installation into a computer should never require cleaning if handled according to instructions If the board becomes contaminated and operation is affected the board should be returned to the factory for proper cleaning servicing Table of Contents Section Topic 1 E Ee N deta eg a wu RR LE EER EN Applications E Pertonmanice features REPE Warranty information see ee ee AA ee ee AA RR Re ee m nenne nnns rontract IMTORPTIAU DI cien e cere rere t tede tr tn nn edet i nn SPeCifiCations A e WEE Options and accessories ee ER AR RA AE ee ee ea ee AA enn Power suppi SE AA AE RA OE N Remote display option ie ee RR AA RA Ee EE GE ER AA AA ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ms ul EE AR ER ER AE adaawaneens Line power connection ee ee ee EE EA Re AA Ee ee ee ee ee Ge Re Re de ee PD sels EE FUSE replacement ceret treten REKE Ee ERGE SE EN then GEE GR Ag ee Ge De en
253. port pin digital I O RELay2 lt name gt Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit ZERO for relay 2 RELay2 Query the value at relay 2 port pin digital I O RELay3 lt name gt Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit ZERO for relay 3 RELay3 Query the value at relay 3 port pin digital I O RELay4 lt name gt Close ONE or open ZERO control circuit for ZERO relay 4 RELay4 Query the value at relay 4 port pin digital VO OUTPut2 OUTPut subsystem for channel 2 charger channel V STATe b Turn output ON or OFF OFF A STATe Query state of output A BANDwidth Specifies HIGH or LOW bandwidth when the output LOW state is ON When output is OFF the bandwidth is LOW and the user setting is not applied Once the output is ON the user setting takes effect BANDwidth Query bandwidth setting for when output is ON BOTHOUTON Turns both power supply channels ON BOTHOUTOFF Turns both power supply channels OFF No query or short form exists 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 11 5 Section 11 SCPI Tables Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 SENSe command summary Table 11 4 SENSe command summary refer to 7able 2 3 Table 3 2 and Table 4 2 Default Command Description parameter SCPI SENSe 1 SENSe subsystem for battery channel 1 FUNCtion lt name gt
254. ps 0 20 max is for 1 both up and down combined UP Query number of UP steps specified DOWN NRf Specify number of DOWN steps 0 20 max is 1 for both up and down combined DOWN Query number of DOWN steps specified TIME lt NRf gt Specify step integration time for UP plus 200usec DOWN steps 33 3usec 100msec TIME Query step integration time specified for UP plus DOWN steps TimeOUT NRf Step TimeOUT other than the first step 2ms 2msec 200msec TimeOUT Query step TimeOUT setting for all steps but the first step INITial NRf TimeOUT for the first step 10msec 60secs 2sec INITial Query TimeOUT setting for the first step DELay NRf Step delay Omsec 100msec in 10msec 0 steps SEQuence Define up to 19 delay sequence values using 0 lt NRf NRf gt the index and the time value e g 1 1e 3 sets the first delay to 1ms Ranges 1 19 parameter 1 and 0 to 100e 3 parameter 2 No query or short form exists 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 11 7 Section 11 SCPI Tables Table 11 4 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual SENSe command summary refer to Table 2 3 Table 3 2 and Table 4 2 Command LENgth NRf SKIP b DELay TLEVx lt NRf gt TLEVx SYNChronize STATe b STATe TLEVel AMP NRf HUNDred NRf HUNDred FIFTy lt NR gt
255. put 12 12 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 12 Performance Verification 5 Verify 50 mA range current readback accuracy for the currents listed in Table 12 7 For each test point Setthe output current to the correct value as determined from the digital multimeter voltage reading and 30 O resistance value NOTE It may not be possible to set the output current to the exact value In that case set the current to the closest possible value and modify reading limits accordingly Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual current reading is within the limits given in the table Table 12 7 50 mA range current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2308 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 0 3 V 10 mA 9 975 to 10 025 0 6 V 20 mA 19 955 to 30 065 0 9 V 30 mA 29 935 to 30 065 1 2V 40 mA 39 915 to 40 085 1 47 V 49 mA 48 897 to 49 103 Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated range readback accuracy limits before verification As determined from digital multimeter voltage reading and 30 Q resistance value 5 mA range readback accuracy NOTE When verifying the battery channel 1 make sure you connect the source and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix
256. r the trigger level will be set 4 From the LONG INTEGRAT 71 22 item of the menu set INTEGRATION TIME PULSE TIMEOUT TRIGGER EDGE and TRIGGER LEVEL as appropriate LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel 1 while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel 4 8 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 4 Long Integration Measurements NOTE D Jo 2 If using the battery channel 1 make sure to set the trigger level for the current range selected in step 2 If you select AUTO TIME to set the integration time the pulse timeout message LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED will occur if the output is OFF This message indicates that the integration time has not been updated To update the integration time you will have to again select AUTO TIME after the output is turned ON Press the DISPLAY key Press the A or v keys to scroll to LONG INTEGRATION Press ENTER to select Observe the long integration readings on the display General notes Long integration readings will not be taken if the active channel is not the same as the selected channel For example if the battery channel 1 is set to LINT and the active channel is the charger channel 2 then long integration readings will not be taken on the battery channel 1 Therefore while the charger channel 2 is active with the LINT function selected on the battery channel 1
257. racters it will not be displayed On power up the message is a string of 32 spaces An indefinite block message must be the only command in the program message or the last command in the program message If you include a command after an indefinite block message on the same line it will be treated as part of the message and is displayed instead of executed NOTE Use DISPlay TEXT STATe lt b gt to enable the text message mode DISPlay TEXT STATe lt b gt Control message DISPlay WINDow 1 TEXT STATe lt b gt Parameters lt b gt 0 or OFF Disable text message 1 or ON Enable text message This command enables or disables the text message mode When enabled the text message is displayed If no message is defined a string of 32 spaces is displayed When disabled the message is removed from display The display returns to the normal display state A text message remains displayed only as long as the instrument is in remote Taking the instrument out of remote by pressing the LOCAL key or sending GTL cancels the message and disables the text message mode FORMat subsystem The commands for this subsystem are used to select the data format for transferring instrument readings over the bus These commands are summarized in Table 10 2 Table 10 2 SCPI commands data format Command Description Default FORMat DATA lt type gt Specify data format ASCii SREal or DREal ASCii BORDer lt name gt Spe
258. ram the enable register ENABle Read the enable register CONDition Read the condition register PRESet Return status registers to default states QUEue Path to access error queue NEXT Read the least recent error message ENABle list Specify error and status messages for queue ENAB1e Read the enabled list of messages Specify messages not to be placed in queue Default parameter Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 5 SCPI S S NN NN NN NS Notes 1 Commands in this subsystem are not affected by RST The effects of cycling power CLS and STATus PRESet are explained by the following notes 2 Event registers 3 Enable registers 4 Error queue 5 Enable disable error queue messages Power up and CLS Clears all bits of the registers STATus PRESet No effect Power up and STATus PRESet Clears all bits of the registers CLS No effect Power up and CLS Clears the error queue STATus PRESet No effect Power up Clears list of messages CLS and STATus PRESet No effect SYSTem command summary Table 11 7 SYSTem command summary refer to System subsystem in Section 10 Default Command Description parameter SCPI SYSTem VERSion Query SCPI version level V ERRor Read and clear oldest message in error queue CLEar Clears error queue LFRequency Query power line frequency setting POSetup name Select power on setup RST or
259. rammed by the user and is used to enable or disable the setting of bit B6 RQS MSS by the status summary message bits BO B2 B3 B4 B5 and B7 of the status byte register As shown in Figure 7 2 the summary bits are logically ANDed amp with the corresponding enable bits of the service request enable register When a set 1 summary bit is ANDed with an enabled 1 bit of the enable register the logic 1 output is applied to the input of the OR gate and therefore sets the MSS RQS bit B6 in the status byte register The individual bits of the service request enable register can be set or cleared by using the SRE common command To read the service request enable register use the SRE query command The service request enable register clears when power is cycled or a parameter value of 0 is sent with the SRE command i e SRE 0 The commands to program and read the SRQ enable register are listed in Table 7 3 Serial polling and SRQ Any enabled event summary bit that goes from 0 to 1 will set bit B6 and generate an SRQ service request In your test program you can periodically read the status byte to check if an SRQ has occurred and what caused it If an SRQ occurs the program can for example branch to an appropriate subroutine that will service the request Typically SRQs are managed by the serial poll sequence of the power supply If an SRQ does not occur bit B6 RQS of the status byte register will remai
260. range Changing ranges When changing ranges the currently active TLEV trigger level step values are checked This check verifies that the new range maximum setting does not exceed the range i e 5 A for the 5A range 500 mA for the 500 mA range 50 mA for the 50 mA range or 5 mA for the 5 mA range If just one of the active step TLEV values exceeds the maximum setting for the new current range then all step TLEV values are set to OA For example When changing from the 5 amp current range to the 500 mA range a TLEV value greater than 500 mA resets all active trigger level values Alternatively if you change from the 5 A current range to the 500 mA range and no trigger level settings exceed 500 mA the previous settings will be used for the 500 mA range NOTE Change TLEV settings for each step using the STEP TLEVx command Programming examples 3 26 Pulse current measurements The following command sequence will return the average of 10 peak pulse current measurements Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 Sets active channel battery SENS CURR RANG 0 5 Select 500 mA range VOLT 15 Set output voltage to 15V CURR 0 75 Set current limit to 750mA OUTP ON Turn output on SENS PCUR SYNC ON Enable trigger synchronization SENS PCUR AVER 10 Set average count to 10 SENS PCUR SYNC TLEV HUND 0 1 Set trigger level to 100mA for 500 mA trigger level setting SENS PCUR TIME AUTO Set integration times a
261. range Therefore the current range must be selected before setting the step trigger level values FAST Enable or disable pulse current fast readings OFF SEARCh Enable or disable pulse current search ON DETect Enable or disable pulse current detection mode OFF TimeOUT Specify length of timeout 5ms 32s incrementing in 1 sec ims SENSe2 SENSe subsystem for charger channel 2 FUNCtion PCURrent Select pulse current measurement function VOLT PCURrent Pulse current configuration AVERage NRf Specify average count 1 1 to 100 pulse current measurements or 1 to 5000 pulse current digitization MODE name Select measurement mode HIGH LOW or AVERage HIGH TIME Set integration times AUTO Integration times set automatically HIGH lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for high pulse 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 13 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements 3 14 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 3 3 SCPI commands pulse current measurements cont Command Description Default LOW lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for low pulse 3 333e 5 AVERage lt NRf gt DIGitize NRf SYNChronize STATe TLEVel NRf DELay NRf FAST SEARCh DETect TimeOUT Kl EAD 1 Kl EAD 1 ARRay Kl EAD2 rd
262. re enclosed in brackets These brackets are used to denote an optional command word that does not need to be included in the program message For example FORMat DATA These brackets indicate that DATA is implied optional and does not have to be used Thus the above command can be sent as FORMat or FORMat DATA Notice that the optional command is used without the brackets When using optional command words in your program do not include the brackets Parameter types The following are some of the more common parameter types e lt b gt Boolean Used to enable or disable an instrument operation 0 or OFF disables the operation and 1 or ON enables the operation Example 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 6 7 Section 6 GPIB Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual DISPlay TEXT STATe ON Enable text message mode of display lt name gt Name parameter Select a parameter name from a listed group Example lt name gt LIMit STRIP CURRent LIMit TYPE TRIP Turn output off when current limit reached on battery channel 1 lt NRf gt Numeric representation format This parameter is a number that can be expressed as an integer e g 8 a real number e g 23 6 or an exponent 2 3E6 Example SENSe 1 AVERage 5 Set average count value to 5 for battery channel 1 e n Numeric value A numeric value parameter
263. re sent to the computer when the power supply is addressed to talk The responses are sent in the order the query commands were sent and are separated by semicolons Items within the same query are separated by commas The following example shows the response message for a program message that contains four single item query commands Response message terminator RMT Each response is terminated with an LF line feed and EOI end or identify The following example shows how a multiple response message is terminated 0 1 1 0 lt RMT gt 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 6 11 Section 6 GPIB Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Message exchange protocol Two rules summarize the message exchange protocol Rule 1 You must always tell the power supply what to send to the computer Rule 2 The complete response message must be received by the computer before another program message can be sent to the power supply The following two steps must always be performed to send information from the instrument to the computer 1 Send the appropriate query command s in a program message 2 Address the power supply to talk 6 12 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 7 Status Structure In this section Topic Page 4 RR OE EE EE EE OE 7 2 ER RE eo ER RE RE OE 7 2 Status register sets ese ee ee ee EE ee Ee de ee AR ee ee ER ee ee
264. rent measurements 1 to 100 sync ON pulse current digitization 1 to 5000 sync OFF AVERage Query average count dependent on SYNC STAT MODE name Select pulse current measurement mode HIGH HIGH LOW or AVERage MODE Query pulse current measurement mode No query or short form exists 11 10 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 11 SCPI Tables Table 11 4 SENSe command summary refer to Table 2 3 Table 3 2 and Table 4 2 Default Command Description parameter SCPI SENSe2 PCURrent TIME Path to set pulse current integration times AUTO Power supply sets integration times accounts for internal trigger delay but not user delay DEL HIGH NRf Specify integration time in sec for high pulse 3 333E 05 measurements 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Setting applies when SYNC STATe is ON HIGH Query high integration time when SYNC STATe is ON LOW lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for low pulse 3 333E 05 measurements 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Setting applies when SYNC STATe is ON LOW Query low integration time when SYNC STATe is ON AVERage lt NRf gt Set integration time in seconds for 3 333E 05 measurement of pulse AVERage time accounts
265. requesting a single reading FETch READ or MEASure average count specifies the number of pulse current measurement conversions to average for the reading For example with the average count set to 10 READ will trigger 10 pulse current measurement convers ions and return and display the average of those 10 battery channel conversions charger channel command similar 2 When requesting an array of readings FETCh ARRay READ ARRay or MEASure ARRay average count specifies the number of pulse current measurements to place in an array For example with the average count set to 10 READ ARRay will trigger and return 10 battery channel readings charger channel command similar 3 For pulse current digiti zation use an array reading command such as READ ARRa y to return the digitized readings 4 Signal oriented measurement commands such as READ are covered in Section 9 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements SENSe 1 PCURrent TIME Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent TIME Applies to charger channel 2 When manually setting the pulse HIGH LOW AND AVERage time 1 The integration time should only cover the portion of the pulse to be measured 2 Factor in trigger delays both internal and user when determining integration times Before the integrat
266. rews Do not use early versions of IEEE 488 cables that do not use metric screws to secure connections On the GPIB cable connectors metric screws are dark colored while non metric screws are silver colored NOTE Daisy chaining Figure 6 2 is recommended when installing multi unit connecting schemes Figure 6 2 Daisy chaining Instrument Instrument Instrument Controller NOTE Observe the following limits concerning the IEEE 488 bus There can be a maximum separation of 4 meters between any two instruments on the bus Make sure the maximum cable length used is the lesser of 20 meters or 2 meters multiplied by the number of devices Limit the number of instruments on the bus to 15 maximum with no two instruments having the same address Primary address Model 2308 ships from the factory with a GPIB address of 16 You can set the address to a value of 0 to 30 Do not assign the same address to another device or to a controller that is on the same GPIB bus 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 6 3 Section 6 GPIB Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual The GPIB address is checked and or changed from the menu which is accessed by pressing the MENU key NOTE See Table 1 3 for an illustration of the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Once in the menu select GPIB ADDRESS After setting the address value make sure you press
267. rm information is very useful in setting up the Model 2308 reducing setup time and achieving maximum performance and productivity The voltage and current characteristics of the DUT can be determined with a 2 channel Oscilloscope as shown in Figure 3 3 Differential oscilloscope inputs are required to prevent grounding the supply output leads Determining voltage and current characteristics for battery channel Quick Disconnect Connector 0 5A 5A 5mA 50mA Source Source Sense Sense Source Source NOTE 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Oscilloscope Figure 3 3 contains a simple circuit for determining the dynamic voltage and current characteristics of the DUT Return to Section Topics 3 9 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 3 4 Determining voltage and current characteristics for charger channel Quick Disconnect Connector External Test Circuit 7 DVM ot F d DVM Lo r4 Source Source 2 Model 2308 Sense Source Input Output DVM Input Sense Source aas Source Twisted Pair 0 1 Q Current Sense Resistor CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2 Oscilloscope To find a suitable trigger level 1 Follow the instructions in Editing output voltage and
268. rom CURRENT RANGE 741 222 item of the menu CURRENT RANGE 1 refers to the battery channel while CURRENT RANGE 72 refers to the charger channel NOTE To get better trigger level resolution make sure the current range battery channel only is set appropriately for the expected measurement Integration times Use the following items of the PULSE CURRENT 711 22 menu item to set integration times NOTE Set PULSE CURRENT integration times in the range of 33 3 usec to 833 ms 833333 usec in 33 3333 usec steps HIGH TIME Use to set the integration period in usec for high pulse current measurements Make sure to account for the internal 10 usec and user trigger delay LOW TIME Use to set the integration period in usec for low pulse current measurements Make sure to account for the internal 10 psec and user trigger delay AVERAGE TIME Use to set the integration period in usec for average pulse current measurements Make sure to account for the internal 10 usec and user trigger delay AUTO TIME Use to automatically set the integration times for high low and average pulse current measurements These times are based on detecting the pulse and remain until another auto time is performed or the times are manually changed Auto time accounts for the internal 10 usec delay but not the user trigger delay PULSE TIMEOUT Use to set the variable pulse current time out feature for pulse current measurements The default value
269. rom the PULSE CURRENT 711 22 item of the menu set the TRIGGER DELAY optional INTEGRATION TIMES and AVERAGE READINGS COUNT optional 13 Press MENU to exit the menu structure then press OPERATE 14 Follow the instructions to select the pulse current display type in Pulse current display mode NOTE Setting the trigger level with the output off will cause the pulse time out message to appear However the trigger level will be set No pulses detected If no pulses are detected current will not be measured i e A and the NO PULSE message will be displayed The NO PULSE message is displayed with dashes or the last valid pulse reading Dashes are shown if the pulse current measurement settings are not appropriate for detecting pulses The last valid pulse is shown if the pulse disappears while taking readings and no change in pulse settings was made Pulses are not detected with the output OFF With the output ON pulses will not be detected if the trigger level is too low or too high Perform the following procedure to find an appropriate trigger level Make sure the voltage and current settings are appropriate for detecting pulses Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Determining correct trigger level pulse current NOTE Figure 3 3 If possible always use an oscilloscope to determine the timing and transient characteristics of a DUT The wavefo
270. ror queue STATus PRESet has no effect 2 Power up enables error messages and disables status messages CLS and STATus PRESet have no effect Programming example read error queue STAT QUE ENAB 000 900 Enable all Keithley defined messages disable all SCPI defined messages STAT QUE Return oldest message 7 16 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 8 Common Commands In this section Topic Page EIU AR EA AE EO EE OR 8 2 IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries iese see see ese ee ee ee ee ee ees 8 2 DN PEE Section 8 Common Commandes Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Overview Common commands are device commands that are common to all devices on the bus These commands are designated and defined by the IEEE 488 2 standard Common commands are listed in Table 8 1 Note that detailed information on the Common Commands to program and read status registers is provided in Section 7 Table 8 1 IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries Mnemonic Name Description CLS Clear status Clears all event registers and error queue ESE lt NRf gt Event enable command Program the standard event enable register ESE Event enable query Read the standard event enable register ESR Event status register Read the standard event enable register and clear it query IDN Identification query Returns the manufacturer model n
271. rrect value as determined from the digital multimeter voltage reading and 3 kO resistance value NOTE It may not be possible to set the output current to the exact value In that case set the current to the closest possible value and modify reading limits accordingly Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual current reading is within the limits given in the table 6 Repeat steps 1 through 5 for Channel 2 use the lt or p keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 12 8 5 mA range current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2308 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 3V 1 0000 mA 0 9970 to 1 0030 mA Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated current readback accuracy limits before verification As measured by digital multimeter voltage reading and 3 kQ resistance value 12 14 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 12 Performance Verification Table 12 8 5 mA range current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2308 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 6V 2 0000 mA 1 9950 to 2 0050 mA 9V 3 0000 mA 2 9930 to 3 0070 mA 12V 4 0000 mA 3 9910 to 4 0090 mA 14 7 V 4 9000 mA 4 8892 to 4 9108 mA Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications a
272. rrent for the relay circuit must not exceed 100mADC per channel Figure 5 2 shows the simplified power supply control circuit and a typical configuration to control an external relay driven by the internal power source If the supplied 5VDC source is used to drive the external relay the relay circuit must not exceed 250mADC total 100 mADC per channel Note that the coil protection diodes are built in to the power supply driver the user is not required to add external protection diodes to protect the relay coils CAUTION To prevent damage to the power supply that is not covered by the warranty always make sure to Connect suppression diodes pin 7 to the appropriate voltage source the appropriate voltage source will either be an external power source or pin 8 if using the internal source Never exceed the voltage and current limits of the power supply s relay control port External Source 24VDC 100 mA per channel Internal source 1 5 VDC 250 mA maximum total current from all channels combined 2 100 mA per channel maximum not to exceed the 250 mA maximum total current Connect and disconnect relay drive circuits with the power supply power OFF Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 5 Relay Control Figure 5 1 External source relay control CAUTION For external source relay control Do not exceed 100mA DC per
273. rs of this product must be protected from electric shock at all times The responsible body must ensure that operators are prevented access and or insulated from every connection point In some cases connections must be exposed to potential human contact Product operators in these circumstances must be trained to protect themselves from the risk of electric shock If the circuit is capable of operating at or above 1000V no conductive part of the circuit may be exposed Do not connect switching cards directly to unlimited power circuits They are intended to be used with impedance limited sources NEVER connect switching cards directly to AC mains When connecting sources to switching cards install protective devices to limit fault current and voltage to the card Before operating an instrument ensure that the line cord is connected to a properly grounded power receptacle Inspect the connecting cables test leads and jumpers for possible wear cracks or breaks before each use 11 07 When installing equipment where access to the main power cord is restricted such as rack mounting a separate main input power disconnect device must be provided in close proximity to the equipment and within easy reach of the operator For maximum safety do not touch the product test cables or any other instruments while power is applied to the circuit under test ALWAYS remove power from the entire test system and discharge any capacitors before connecting or d
274. rtable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Ww Recommended test equipment 12 3 Test requirements 12 2 Warm up period VFD BRIGHTNESS Voltage drop equation Warranty information susss 1 2 Waveform filtering 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 KEITHLEY Service Form Model No Serial No Date Name and Telephone No Company List all control settings describe problem and check boxes that apply to problem J Intermittent Analog output follows display Particular range or function bad specify J IEEE failure J Obvious problem on power up J Batteries and fuses are OK J Front panel operational LJ All ranges or functions are bad LJ Checked all cables Display or output check one J Drifts Unable to zero J Unstable Will not read applied input LJ Overload J Calibration only Certificate of calibration required J Data required attach any additional sheets as necessary Show a block diagram of your measurement system including all instruments connected whether power is turned on or not Also describe signal source Where is the measurement being performed factory controlled laboratory out of doors etc What power line voltage is used Ambient temperature F Relative humidity Other Any additional information If special modifications have been made by the user please describe
275. s Table 9 3 Trigger continuous bus commands Commands Description Default SYSTem Path to System commands TRIGger Path to trigger commands CONTinuous lt b gt Set b to 1 or ON to enable trigger continuous mode which OFF automatically turns display OFF 0 or OFF disables mode and automatically turns display back ON CONTinuous Query trigger continuous mode Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed Command notes SYSTem TRIGger CONTinuous lt b gt Applies to active channel Trigger continuous mode was designed for use in conjunction with the 488 1 protocol SYST MEP STAT 0 When trigger continuous mode is enabled the continuous trigger does not cycle background readings process commands that affect the measurement configuration such as output state function or integration time etc or service the other channel if the instrument has two channels On power up this mode is set to disabled OFF This setting is not saved in user setups While this mode is enabled do not recall a user setup or send an RST command Using trigger continuous mode Trigger continuous mode provides a faster reading rate The fastest reading rate is achieved by enabling this mode along with enabling the 488 1 protocol SYST MEP STAT 0 Also the format for readings c
276. s Cellular handsets Cellular components like RFIC power amplifiers Other high volume precision electrical components Performance features Key features and benefits include The Model 2308 is a specialized power supply that has a very fast recovery to large near instantaneous load current transitions Conventional power supplies do not have this capability The Model 2308 is designed specifically to respond to large load changes and very short pulsed loads with small transient voltage drop and a very fast recovery time Typical devices that have these types of characteristic loads are mobile phones wireless communication modules and other portable battery operated devices The Model 2308 can maintain a near constant output even under quickly changing load conditions The power supply can measure a wide range of load currents It can resolve down to 0 1 uA and measure up to 5 A It has fast measurement capability as well and can measure load current pulses as narrow as 50 usec The Model 2308 can simulate the output of a battery Its programmable output resistance can simulate a battery s internal resistance so that the voltage output looks exactly like that of a battery s output e The two channels can also sink current so that one channel the battery channel simulates a discharged battery while the other channel the charger channel can be used to simulate a charger NOTE Information contained in this section applies
277. s NOTE If a pulse is not present timeout needs to elapse TOUT This TOUT elapsing paces the unit for processing bus commands f DETECT ON only search time needs to elapse before responding to a bus command f SEARCH OFF or FAST ON search time and TOUT are not incurred while processing non user triggered commands refer to Section 9 of the User s Manual for examples of user triggered Search time or TimeOUT needs to elapse when checking TLEV command for valid setting if enabled 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 3 17 Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 3 4 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect commands FAST SEARCH DETECT DESCRIPTION ON ON ON The unit is most responsive to bus commands in this mode The supply ON ON OFF does not wait for TOUT or search time for background pulse current ON OFF ON readings and TLEV command checks front panel displays FAST HI LO ON OFF OFF AVG in remote mode instead of PCUR HI LO AVG if in local mode The bottom line may show a previous reading or dashes based on what commands were sent previously when in remote mode With FAST set to ON no pulse detection between user triggered readings occurs no checking for the parameter of PCUR TLEV commands to detect a pulse occurs no setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model between user triggered readings o
278. s 16 seconds Trigger edge RISING RISING Trigger level Same as Trigger level under Pulse Current Same as Trigger level under above Pulse Current above Global settings not channel specific Setups Save Power on and Recall Setups are configured by SAVE SETUP POWER ON SETUP and RECALL SETUP items of the MENU which is accessed by pressing the MENU key When a setup is saved all settings that are channel specific settings will be saved to that setup Saving recalling a setup has no effect on Global Settings see Global settings in Table 1 3 Similarly recalling a setup loads only the channel specific parameters from that setup NOTE Table 1 4 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table The setup MENU items are explained as follows SAVE SETUP Save the present power supply setup to a memory location SAVO SAN3 RECALL SETUP Return the power supply to the RST defaults Table 1 3 or to one of four user saved setups RST SAVO SAV3 POWER ON SETUP Select the setup to use at power up RST SAVO SAV3 When powering up or recalling the SAVO SAV1 SAV2 or SAV3 setup the output will be OFF regardless of the operate state when the setup was saved For example if the output is ON when the setup is saved as SAVO the power supply will power up with the output OFF for the SAVO power on setup NOTE For GPIB operation the setups are saved and recalled using the SAV R
279. s ARE EE EE EE Ee 10 4 Command notes SCPI commands data format 10 5 Section 10 DISPlay and FORMat DISPlay subsystem Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual The display subsystem controls the display of the power supply and is summarized in Table 10 1 Table 10 1 SCPI commands display Command Description Default ENA DISPlay Ble b BRIGhtness lt NRf gt DUALvi CHANnel lt NRf gt WINDow 1 Turn display on or off see Notes 1 3 Set brightness for VFD display Range 0 1 0 1 0 Blank display lt NRf gt 0 1 4 brightness lt NRf gt lt 0 25 1 2 brightness lt NRf gt lt 0 50 3 4 brightness lt NRf gt lt 0 75 Full brightness lt NRf gt lt 1 0 Enables 1 or disables 0 dual v and i display see Note 4 Changes the active display channel 1 for 1 battery and 2 for charger TEXT Text messages see Note 1 DATA a Define ASCII message a up to 32 characters STATe lt b gt Enable or disable text message mode see Note 2 Note 1 RST or RCL have no effect on the display circuitry and user defined text messages 2 STATe lt b gt when power cycle enable is off b 0 3 This command is valid if DISP ENAB is ON after a power cycle 4 Power on value is 0 See DISPlay DUALvi lt b gt for more details Command notes SCPI commands display DISPlay
280. s set for Channel 1 BOTHREAD Triggers reading on channel 1 and then channel 2 then responds with channel 1 and channel 2 readings in a single message The message contains a value for channel 1 a comma and then a value for Channel 2 After this command completes the display is set for Channel 2 9 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 9 Measurement Commands and Optimizing Measurement Speed NOTE For all array queries make sure the computer s buffer is large enough to accommodate all array readings Overflow readings exponential format 9 9E37 For all non array queries the overflow readings exponential format also 9 9E37 Command notes Signal oriented measurement commands and queries FETCh 1 FETCh 1 ARRay FETCh2 FETCh2 ARRay Return last reading for the battery channel 1 Return last array of readings for the battery channel 1 Return last reading for the charger channel 2 Return last array of readings for the charger channel 2 The FETCh command is used to return the last averaged reading and the FETCh ARRay command is used to return the last array of readings After sending either one of these commands and addressing the power supply to talk the averaged reading or reading array is sent to the computer These commands do not affect the
281. s the channel affected by the OPERATE key Use the OPERATE key to control power supply output This key toggles the output ON and OFF for the active channel even if output status is not displayed To display the output status for the active channel place the unit in readings or set mode the output status is not shown in display type menu main menu or submenus When output status is displayed ON or OFF will appear in the upper right hand corner of the display NOTE DVM measurements can be performed with the output OFF on the charger channel Output bandwidth The battery and charger channel s output bandwidth control has HIGH and LOW settings The HIGH setting will result in the fastest response with dynamic loads but could be unstable with certain loads The LOW setting mode will have a slower response but will be stable for most loads Testing the performance of the battery charger circuitry in a handset does not require the high bandwidth performance in Channel 1 or Channel 2 of the Model 2308 Since a charger circuit is a voltage regulated circuit it resembles a high capacitance load to the output of the Model 2308 For this type of application the LOW bandwidth output mode provides increased stability and eliminates oscillations that may occur The bandwidth can be user programmed at any time However if the output is OFF the output bandwidth is automatically set to LOW as summarized in Table 2 2 Table 2 2 Output bandw
282. set When a pulse is detected there is a 10 usec code execution delay internal trigger delay see Figure 3 2 before the integration time begins An additional user trigger delay can be set to allow the leading edge pulse overshoot to settle Regardless of the user trigger delay setting the internal trigger delay is always present Figure 3 2 Trigger delay for high pulse current measurement Internal Trigger User Trigger Delay Delay 10us ba Trigger Delay E LG Integration Time High gt Low gt Average High integration time specified for high measurement time Trigger Delay Low integration time specified for low measurement time Trigger Delay Average integration time specified for average measurement time Trigger Delay Trigger Delay Internal trigger delay 10us User trigger delay The integration time will not start until the trigger delay period expires after detecting the pulse For accurate readings make sure that the trigger delay user and internal plus the integration time does not exceed the time for the overall pulse measurement Refer to Figure 3 2 for an illustration containing the trigger delay relationships for a high pulse current measurement Integration times The three integration time periods for pulse measurements can be set automatically or manually by the user When the pulse auto time operation is performed the instrument measures the high and low periods of the detected pulse and
283. splay J BRIGhtness NRf Set brightness for VFD display 1 Full brightness Range 0 000 1 000 Blank display lt NRf gt 0 1 4 brightness NRf x 0 25 1 2 brightness NRf lt 0 50 3 4 brightness lt NRf gt x 0 75 Full brightness lt NRf gt lt 1 0 BRIGhtness Query brightness of display Note 4 DUALVi Enables 1 or disables 0 dual V and Note 5 display DUALVi Query the dual V and setting CHANnel lt NRf gt Changes the active display channel 1 1 for battery and 2 for charger CHANne1 Query the active display channel setting WINDow 1 Path to locate message to display 4 TEXT Control user text message Note 2 vd DATA lt a gt Define ASCII message a up to 32 String of 32 spaces v characters DATA Query text message 4 STATe b Enable or disable message mode OFF Note 3 V STATe Query state of message mode 4 Notes 1 RST and RCL have no effect on display circuitry Cycling power enables ON the display circuit 2 RST and RCL have no effect on a user defined message Cycling power cancels all user defined messages 3 RST and RCL have no effect on the state of the message mode Cycling power disables OFF the message mode 4 Power on value 7 0 5 Power on value is 0 See DISPlay DUALvi lt b gt for more details 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 11 3 Section 11 SCPI Tables Model 2308 Portable
284. ssage to appear see TRIG NOT DETECTED message for more information 14 Ifthe message appeared repeat Step 9 until a valid trigger level is found 15 Press MENU to exit the menu structure and display pulse current measurements TRIG NOT DETECTED message The TRIG NOT DETECTED message is displayed when specific TLEV settings coupled with corresponding current range have been set and a trigger has not been detected Refer to Table 3 2 for the message preconditions Table 3 2 TRIG NOT DETECTED message TLEV setting Current range TRIG NOT DETECTED Message displayed 90 mA for 500 mA current 5A No not checked because TLEV setting does not match range current range 90 mA for 500 mA current 50 mA No not checked because TLEV setting does not match range current range 0 75 A for 5 A current range 5A May appear 0 1 A for 500 mA current 500 mA May appear range 3 0 A for 5A current range 5A May appear 0 03 A for 50 mA current 50 mA May appear range 0 003 A for 5 mA current 5 mA May appear range 1 1 A for 5 A current range 5 mA No not checked because TLEV setting does not match current range 1 1 A for 5 A current range 500 mA No not checked because TLEV setting does not match current range Depends upon the OUTPUT If OFF the message will appear If ON display of the message will depend on the trigger level setting If trigger level setting greater than the expected low
285. st gt parameter is used to specify which messages to enable or disable The messages are specified by their codes The following examples show various forms for using the lt list gt parameter lt list gt 110 Single message 110 222 Range of messages 110 through 222 110 222 220 Range entry and single entry separated by a comma When you enable messages messages not specified in the list are disabled When you disable messages each listed message is removed from the enabled list NOTE To prevent all messages from entering the error queue send the enable command along with the null list parameter as follows STATus QUEue ENABle 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 7 15 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 7 7 SCPI Commands error queue Command Description Default STATus STATus subsystem QUEue Read error queue Note 1 NEXT Read and clear oldest error status message ENABle lt list gt Specify error and status messages for error Note 2 ENABIe queue DISable lt list gt Read the enabled messages Note 2 DISable Specify messages not to be placed in queue CLEar Read the disabled messages Clear messages from error queue SYSTem SYSTem subsystem ERRor Read error queue Note 1 CLEar Clear messages from error queue Notes 1 Power up and CLS empties the er
286. t 4 Figure 7 4 Operation event status E CLT2 CL2 PSS HSS CLT1 CL1 vPT2 VPT1 B15 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 CLT2 CL2 PSS HSS CLT1 CL1 vPT2 ver1 B15 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Operation Condition CONDition Register Operation Event Register EVENt To OPC Bit of Status Byte Register Operation Event Enable Register ENABle lt NRf gt ENABle CLT2 CL2 PSS HSS CLT1 cL1 vPT2 VPT1 B15 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO i i 256 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 PSS Power Supply Shutdown amp Logical AND CLT Current Limit Tripped OR Logical OR CL Current Limit HSS Heat Sink Shutdown VPT Voltage Protection Tripped Measurement event status The used bits of the measurement event register shown in Figure 7 5 are described as follows Bit B3 reading overflow 1 ROF1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel s 1 reading exceeds the measurement range of the instrument battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 6 Bit B4 pulse trigger timeout 1 PTT1 Set bit indicates that a battery channel 1 current pulse has not been detected This bit applies to pulse current and long integration functionality battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 7 Bit B5 reading available 1 RAV1 Set bit indicates that a battery channel 1 reading was taken
287. t B1 Not used Bit B2 error available EAV Set summary bit indicates that an error or status message is present in the error queue Bit B3 questionable summary bit QSB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled questionable event has occurred Bit B4 message available MAV Set summary bit indicates that a response message is present in the output queue Bit B5 event summary bit ESB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled standard event has occurred Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 7 Status Structure Bit B6 request service RQS master summary status MSS Set bit indicates that an enabled summary bit of the status byte register is set Bit B7 operation summary OSB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled operation event has occurred Depending on how it is used bit B6 of the status byte register is either the request for service RQS bit or the master summary status MSS bit When using the serial poll sequence of the power supply to obtain the status byte a k a serial poll byte B6 is the RQS bit see Serial polling and SRQ When using the STB command see Status byte and service request commands to read the status byte B6 is the MSS bit Service request enable register The generation of a service request is controlled by the service request enable register This register is prog
288. t www keithley com for updated current readback accuracy limits before verification As measured by digital multimeter voltage reading and 3 kO resistance value Digital voltmeter input accuracy Follow the steps below to verify the digital voltmeter input accuracy is within specified limits The test involves setting the voltage applied to the DVM input to accurate values and then verifying that the digital voltmeter input readings are within required limits 1 With the power supply s output off connect the OUTPUT 2 DVM IN SOURCE and SENSE terminals to the digital multimeter as shown in Figure 12 6 Be sure to observe proper polarity DVM IN SOURCE and SENSE to DMM INPUT HI also DVM IN SOURCE and SENSE to DMM INPUT LO Figure 12 6 Charger channel connections for DVM accuracy verification Input HI KEITHLEY 2001 MULTIMETER e 00000000 DISPLAY ED ED ED ED POWER 2 O Greg Gale GEED BETER RANGE RANGE v SENSE j4WIRE FRONTIREAR INPUT HI 4 Input LO Model 2001 DMM DF ob test point 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics KEITHLEY wen OPTION CAUTION Fon CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING Model 2308 Select the DMM DC volts function and enable auto ranging Press the lt or p keys to select Channel 2 Enable the DVM input
289. tage and current and the DVM input are summarized in Table 2 4 a listing following the table contains specific command notes The Programming examples at the end of this section demonstrates how to use these commands Table 2 4 SCPI commands Measure V and and DVM input Commands Description Default SENSe 1 SENSe 1 subsystem for battery channel 1 FUNCtion lt name gt Select readback function VOLTage VOLT CURRent NPLCycles n Set integration rate in line cycles for voltage 1 0 current measurements 0 002 to 10 AVERage lt NRf gt Specify the average count for voltage and current 1 measurements 1 to 10 SENSe2 SENSe2 subsystem for charger channel 2 FUNCtion lt name gt Select readback function VOLTage VOLT CURRent or DVMeter NPLCycles n Set integration rate in line cycles for voltage 1 0 current and DVM measurements 0 002 to 10 AVERage lt NRf gt Specify the average count for voltage current 1 and DVM measurements 1 to 10 READ 1 Trigger and return one reading for battery channel 1 K READ 1 ARRay Trigger an array of readings and return them for battery channel 1 READ2 Trigger and return one reading for charger channel 42 READ2 ARRay Trigger an array of readings and return them for charger channel 2 BOTHFUNC lt name gt Sets the battery channel 1 then the charger channel 2 to the function specified by lt name gt Valid strings
290. tates how background readings are taken between user triggered readings For long integration a background reading involves looking for the pulse and optionally generating a reading for the user The various settings of SEARch FAST and DETect allow the user to fine tune the function This enables the function to perform the desired background readings if any between user triggered readings The default settings FAST OFF SEARch ON and DETect OFF allow the long integration background readings to be taken If no pulse is present the setting of TimeOUT affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands If a pulse is present the search time plus reading time TIME setting affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands refer to Figure 4 3 Table 4 3 contains the available settings for FAST SEARCh and DETect commands and a description of the resulting action For more information on search time reading time and TimeOUT see Pulse timeout NOTE e Ifa pulse is not present timeout needs to elapse TOUT e IfDETECT ON only search time needs to elapse before responding to a bus command reading time not incurred f SEARCH OFF or FAST ON search time and reading time not incurred Figure 4 3 TOUT and search time TOUT gt A B Search Time k Long Integration Reading Time Time NOTE Search time needs to elapse wh
291. tep 1 Place the blinking cursor on the A at the far right end of line two of the display Step 2 Press the A or v keys to display the desired current range trigger level setting option Step 3 Press the A v 4 or p keys to scroll to the desired trigger level setting in amps Step 4 Press ENTER to update the trigger level setting for the displayed current range Pulse current display mode Pulse current measurements are displayed with the pulse current display mode selected To display the pulse current NOTE If the instrument is in the settings mode press the SET key until the blinking stops the measured readings can then be displayed To determine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if present the instrument is in the setting mode Press the DISPLAY key to access the display menu 2 Ifthe desired active channel is not selected use the lt or keys to scroll to DISPLAY TYPE 1 or DISPLAY TYPE 2 3 Press the A or v keys until PULSE CURRENT is displayed 4 Press ENTER to select 5 Use the A or v keys to display the desired pulse measurement PULSE HI PULSE LO or PULSE AVG NOTE For details on display modes see Display modes Pulse current measurement procedure The following steps summarize the procedure to perform pulse measurements 1 2 Jm mF o Follow the instructions in Editing output voltage and current limit va
292. tep 4 tlev value Step 5 tlev value Step 6 tlev value Step 7 tlev value Step 8 tlev value Step 9 tlev value Trigger and return the 9 step measurements Since this sample program is for a continuous pulse train the pulse it measures could also be measured using the single shot method see One shot pulse SENS CURR RANG 3 SENS PCUR STEP ON SENS FUNC PCUR SENS PCUR STEP UP 5 SENS PCUR STEP DOWN 4 SENS PCUR STEP TIME 20e 3 SENS PCUR STEP TOUT INIT 3 SENS PCUR STEP DEL 10e 3 SENS PCUR 100e 3 SENS PCUR 300e 3 SENS PCUR 500e 3 SENS PCUR 700e 3 SENS PCUR 900e 3 SENS PCUR 900e 3 SENS PCUR 600e 3 SENS PCUR 400e 3 SENS PCUR 300e 3 READ ARR NOTE One shot pulse NOTE To function correctly the current range must be selected before setting the trigger level step settings The following command sequence measures pulses similar to the one shown in Figure 3 9 with a one shot pulse measurement The step duration is 600 usec with 4 msec between steps D S S S S nn ISP ENS ENS ENS ENS ENS ENS ENS CHAN PCUR FUNC PCUR PCUR CURR PCUR PCUR t ST n EP ON PCUR ST ST ST n n n n icp 2 EP UP 6 EP DOWN 0 RANG 3 EP TIME 100e 6 EP DEL 50e 6 SENS PCUR STEP TOUT 8e 3 Return to Section Topics Set active channel battery Enable step Select PCUR function Specify 6 up steps Specify 0 down steps r
293. ter SCPI SEARch b Enableordisablepulsecurentseach ON SEARCh Query pulse current search setting DETect b Enable or disable pulse current detection mode OFF DETect Query pulse current detection mode setting TimeOUT lt NRf gt Specify length of timeout Sms 32s incrementing 1 sec in 1ms TimeOUT Query pulse current timeout setting LINTegration Path to configure long integration measurements refer to Section 4 TEDGe lt name gt Set trigger edge to start long integration RISING measurement RISING FALLING NEITHER TEDGe Query trigger edge setting TIME lt NRf gt Set integration time in seconds X to 60 where X 1 00 is 0 850 for 60Hz or 0 840 for 50Hz TIME Query integrations time AUTO Power supply sets integrations time TLEVel lt NRf gt Set trigger level value 0 5 A in 5 mA steps 0 TLEVel Query trigger level setting TimeOUT NRf Specify length of timeout 1 to 63 seconds 16 TimeOUT Query timeout SEARCh b Enable or disable pulse search ON SEARCh Query state of pulse search FAST lt b gt Enable or disable long integration fast readings OFF mode FAST Query long integration fast readings mode DETect lt b gt Enable or disable long integration detect pulse OFF only mode DETect Query detect mode BOTHFUNC lt name gt Sets the battery channel 1 then the charger channel 2 to the function specified by lt name gt Valid strings for
294. ter Summary 14 D 14 OSB Operation Summary Bit Always Zero 15 15 Note RQS bit is in serial poll byte ES ESE lt NRf gt MSS bit is in STB response ES Measurement Event Registers Operation Event Registers Even Even Condition Even Enabl Condition Even Regist Regist Regist Regist Regist Regist 8 0 0 VPT Channel 1 VPT1 VP VPT Channel 2 VPT2 Reading Overflow Channel 1 Pulse Trigger Timeout Channel 1 Reading Available Channel 1 Reading Overflow Channel 2 Pulse Trigger Timeout Channel 2 Current Limit 1 Current Limit Tripped 1 Heat Sink Shutdown Power Supply Shutdown Current Limit 2 y Logical gt Logical o o Reading Available Channel 2 Current Limit Tripped 2 Buffer Full Channel 1 Buffer Full Channel 2 13 14 Always Zero Always Zero 3 15 CONDition LEVEN ENABle lt NRf gt CONDition EVENt ENABle lt NRf gt ENABle ENABle Clearing registers and queues When the power supply is turned on the bits of all registers in the status structure are clear reset to 0 and the two queues are empty Commands to reset the event and event enable registers and the error queue are listed in Table 7 1 In addition to these commands any enable register can be reset by sending the O parameter value with the individu
295. terminal s output impedance is nominally 1000 Ohms Figure 2 8 Analog output Connections 5 50mA O Me Oscilloscope 055A O or Digitizer Source O Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 In this section Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements Topic Page E WQ 3 2 lu Hm 3 2 ner e s LEE 3 3 duet Th TEE 3 3 Average Ge de sig AE OE en e Rene nahe 3 4 Measurement GORIOUEUOE ccce teo SEER ER EE EE se eti eerte nh ries 3 4 MY e E 3 5 imegraton i qe ON N 3 5 li Ee AE Ede ole 3 5 Trigger delay and trigger level eese 3 6 Pulse current display mode 3 7 Pulse current measurement procedure esses 3 7 No pulses detected A 3 8 Determining correct trigger level pulse current 3 9 TRIG NOT DETECTED m ssage oorr e 3 11 SCPI programming pulse current measurements iii ee ee ee 3 12 Command notes pulse current measurements 3 14 Using FAST SEABRch and DEEG uere cene nnns 3 16 Pulse current digilizatior accentu e the tht nins 3 19 Pulse current step method 3 20 RR EET 3 21 Timeout setting 3 25 Jut ee ie ENE p OE EE EO vrinee 3 25 Range with pulse current sien 3 26 Programming examples sesse ee KA Re KA ee ee ee nnn ee nnn nnne 3 26 Pulse current measurements eene ES SS KEER
296. tery channel 1 Se2 PulseCURrent SEARch b Applies to charger channel 2 Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information Se 1 PulseCURrent DETect b Applies to battery channel 1 Se2 PulseCURrent DETect lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information Se 1 PulseCURrent TimeOUT lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 Se2 PulseCURrent TimeOUT lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information on properly setting the TimeOUT variable Using FAST SEARch and DETect Use the FAST command to have the quickest response for pulse current measurements triggered by the measurement commands for example MEASure READ or TRG Note that when you use the FAST command there is no indication that the instrument is correctly configured for detecting pulses until a measurement command is sent When the trigger level is set use the SEARch command to retain quick responses to measurement commands and to ensure that the instrument is configured correctly for detecting pulses Use the DETect command to ensure that the unit is configured correctly and can read the pulse before sending a measurement command Use FAST SEARch and DETect to control how background readings are taken A background reading is a measurement taken by the power supply between user triggered readings The se
297. the currents listed in Table 12 6 For each test point Setthe output current to the correct value as determined from the digital multimeter voltage reading and 30 O resistance value NOTE It may not be possible to set the output current to the exact value In that case set the current to the closest possible value and modify reading limits accordingly Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual current reading is within the limits given in the table Table 12 6 500 mA range current readback accuracy limits 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Nominal output Model 2308 7 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 3V 100 00 mA 99 76 to 100 24 mA 6V 200 00 mA 199 56 to 200 44 mA 9V 300 00 mA 299 36 to 300 64 mA 12V 400 00 mA 399 16 to 400 84 mA Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated current readback accuracy limits before verification As measured by digital multimeter and 30 Q resistance value Return to Secti on Topics 12 11 Section 12 Performance Verification Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Table 12 6 500 mA range current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2308 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 14 7 V 490 00 mA 488 98 to 491 02 mA Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for u
298. the problem before replacing the fuse 5 Push the fuse drawer back into the power module Figure 1 5 Fuse drawer location Fuse drawer QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY DVM IN OUTPUT 2 30 VDC MAX eras SENSE SOURCE DVM A PW F on A a B RAR 5 A RTH 22 VOLTS MAX MAX LINE FUSE se 2 0A 250V LINE RATING 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 50 60 HZ 165VAMAX REMOTE DISPLAY OPTION m m JSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Display modes For voltage and current readings there are five display modes described as follows SINGLE V AND I DISPLAY This display mode is used to read back the actual output voltage and current on a single channel The active channel dictates if the single channel being displayed is for the battery or charger channel This display mode is the RST default see Section 2 for details DUAL V AND I DISPLAY This display mode is used to read back the actual output voltage and current for both channels simultaneously The top display line shows the voltage and current readings for the battery channel while the bottom line shows the charger channel 1 8 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 1 Getting Started readings The symbol indicates the active channel see Section 2 for details For both channels the output state is indicated by 0 zero if the output is OFF for that channel
299. them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned To verify that current readback accuracy is within specified limits 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 3 KQ resistor to the OUTPUT 1 terminals as shown in Figure 12 5 Be sure to observe proper polarity and connections 3 kO resistor between SOURCE and DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to DMM INPUT LO 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 12 13 Section 12 Performance Verification Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 12 5 Connections for 5 mA current verification tests Input HI Input LO OUTPUT 1 connections shown Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel KEITHLEY ZO que 2001 MULTIMETER se OOOOBOOO 2a H ee Gens ka uem ID AO mem es POWER RANGE AMPS 8 O G amp D GEE Gage GER e 3 kO Resistor Model 2001 DMM Note Use 4 wire connections E to resistor terminals SS 8 Model 2308 2 Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto range 3 Press the lt or p keys to select channel 1 Select the 5 mA readback range and actual current reading data 4 Turn on the output 5 Verify 5 mA range current readback accuracy for the currents listed in Table 12 8 For each test point Setthe output current to the co
300. tion 7 Status Structure Bit Position B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO Binary Value 071 071 071 071 071 0 1 0 1 0 1 Decimal 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1 Weights Q t ey e Ie ea y E B Bits 8 through 15 Bit Position B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 Binary Value 071 071 071 071 071 071 071 071 Decimal 32768 16384 8192 4096 2048 1024 512 256 Weights Uy 12 wg eae qe Wee iue S Reading registers Any register in the status structure can be read by using the appropriate query command The specific query commands are covered later in this section refer to Table 7 3 through Table 7 6 The response message to the query command is a decimal value To determine which bits in the register are set convert that decimal value to its binary equivalent For example the binary equivalent of decimal 41 is 101001 This binary value indicates that bits B5 B3 and BO are set Status byte and service request SRQ Service request is controlled by two 8 bit registers the status byte register and the service request enable register Figure 7 2 shows the structure of these registers 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 7 5 Section 7 Status Structure Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 7 6 Figure 7 2 Status byte and service request Status Summary Messages 6 tant ttt
301. tion mode NOTE If the instrument is in the settings mode press the SET key until the blinking stops the measured readings can then be displayed To determine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if present the instrument is in the setting mode 1 Press the DISPLAY key to access the display menu 2 Press the lt or p keys to select channel 1 or 2 3 Press the A or v keys to scroll to LONG INTEGRATION 4 Press ENTER to select NOTE For details on display modes see Display modes Long integration measurement procedure The following steps summarize the procedure to perform long integration current measurements 1 Follow the instructions in Editing output voltage and current limit values to set the output voltage and current limit 2 When using the battery channel 1 select the desired current level range 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA from the CURRENT RANGE 1 menu For battery channel 1 long integration measurements may be performed on any of the four current ranges As the current range changes the trigger level setting will update automatically with the corresponding trigger level setting to detect pulses For the charger channel long integration measurements are automatically performed on the 5 A current range 3 Press OPERATE NOTE Setting the trigger level with the output off will also cause the pulse timeout message to appear Howeve
302. to Section Topics 13 15 Section 13 Calibration Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Changing the code from the front panel Follow the steps below to change the code from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key then choose CALIBRATE UNIT and press ENTER The instrument will display the last date calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT LAST ON 07 01 2008 2 Press the A key The instrument will display the number of times it was calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT TIMES 1 3 Press the A key The unit will then prompt you to run calibration CALIBRATE UNIT RUN 4 Press ENTER The unit will then prompt for the calibration code CALIBRATE UNIT Cal Code K1002308 5 Using the edit keys set the display to the current present calibration code then press ENTER default K1002308 The unit will prompt you as to whether or not to change the code CALIBRATE UNIT Change Code NO 6 Select YES then press ENTER The instrument will prompt you to change the code CALIBRATE UNIT New Code KI002308 7 Usethe edit keys to set the new code then press ENTER to accept the new code 8 Press the MENU key to exit calibration and return to the main menu Changing the code by remote To change the calibration code by remote first send the present code then send the new code For example the following command sequence changes the code from the K1002308 remote default to KI CAL CAL PROT CODE KI002308 CAL PROT CODE KI CAL
303. transient response connection Quick Disconnect Connector Analo 0 5A SA Oscilloscope or Outputs 5mA 50mA Digitizer EES Source I e Wr 3 Source D c Sense um g E Sense See NETS Source I ia na Source NOTE Twist source leads together and twist sense leads together for optimum performance The analog outputs provide a voltage output based on the measured current as follows 0 5 5 A Output referenced to Source 1 A V each volt out represents 1A 5 50 mA Output referenced to Source 10 mA V each volt out represents 10 mA Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Figure 2 3 Charger channel 4 wire remote sense connection from the DUT to the ouput Quick Disconnect DVM Input Connector d External Test Circuit Ys DVM 3 DVM ped Source Source Sense Sense Source n Source Model 2308 Source Input Output NOTE Twist Source leads together and twist Sense leads together for optimum performance Remote sense As shown in Figure 2 1 the Model 2308 battery and charger channels are intended to be operated with remote sense leads 4 wire connection The Sense and Sense pins provide output voltage sensing Without these terminals connect
304. tting mode These display modes are selected as follows 1 Press the DISPLAY key 2 Pressthe aor v keys to scroll to SINGLE V AND I or DUAL V AND I 3 For SINGLE V ANDI press the dor p keys to select Channel 1 or 2 4 Press ENTER to select and return to display of readings NOTE Voltage readings are located on the top line of the display and current readings are located on the bottom line when in single display mode For dual display mode the top line has the voltage and current readings for battery channel and the bottom line has the readings for charger channel For details about display modes see Display modes Measurement configuration CURRENT RANGE 71 422 INTEGRATION RATE 1 2 and the AVER READINGS 1 2 can be checked or changed from the menu which is accessed by pressing the MENU key The 1 battery channel active or 2 charger channel active will appear on the top line of the display use lt or keys to toggle the active channel NOTE See Table 1 3 for an illustration of the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Current range Current range is linked with current limit Therefore as a general rule the user selects the current range before setting the current limit The current range can be changed at any time but selecting the lower range may change the current limit setting see Outputting voltage and current for details on current range and current limit NPLC rate T
305. ttings one for each one of the current ranges 5 A 500 mA 50 mA or 5 mA For the 5 A current range the trigger level may be set from 0 A to 5 A For the 500 mA current range the trigger level may be set from 0 mA to 500 mA Similarly the level setting may be set from 0 mA to 50 mA for the 50 mA current range and from 0 to 5 mA for the 5 mA current range These settings affect trigger level resolution and are only used when the corresponding current range is selected The trigger level setting option on the battery channel allows you to set a trigger level with greater resolution Pulse timeout TOUT timeout specifies the timeout length for the pulse When the TOUT value is reached NO PULSE is displayed top line of the front panel display Set the value for TOUT as follows TOUT LINT TIME x where x makes TOUT LINT TIME TOUT timeout time allowed for detection of a pulse LINT TIME long integration time time allowed for reading after pulse occurs For example if the trigger edge is set to rising the timeout value should be set to allow sufficient time for detection of the pulse if the rising edge is just missed In Figure 4 2 point A is the point where we start looking for the pulse Since the rising edge was just missed point B will be the first detectable rising edge If the timeout is less than long integration time a pulse trigger time out due to TOUT may occur Therefore if long integration time 1 8 se
306. ufficient Allow the reading to settle Verify that the multimeter reading is within the limits given in the table 5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for Channel 2 use the or p keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 e Table 12 2 Output voltage accuracy limits Model 2308 output Output voltage limits voltage setting 2 Years 18 C 28 C 5 00 V 4 9945 to 5 0055 V 10 00 V 9 992 to 10 008 V 15 00 V 14 9895 to 15 0105 V Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated output voltage accuracy limits before verification 12 6 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 12 Performance Verification Voltage readback accuracy NOTE When verifying the battery channel 1 make sure you connect the source and source to the same pair of pins either both in or both out on the connector Do not mix them because the internal resistance present on the inner pins will cause incorrect verification data to be returned Follow the steps below to verify that the voltage readback accuracy is within specified limits The test involves setting the source voltage to specific values as measured by a digital multimeter and then verifying that voltage readback readings are within required limits To verify that voltage readback accuracy is within specified limits 1 With the power supply s
307. ulse current digitization iese Es ee indere rena cer eher vn Pulse current STEP method battery channel only 4 Long Integration Measurements sss sam MEE N NE OE OE EE IERE SS in AE OR OE N DEE Hisp op EEUU le se E PUSS IT EA OE EE EE Measurement Confoguration eise ee ee ek ke ee ek ke ee ee Re ee ek Re ee ee ke ee nn nne Teg de el EA EE HE Integration time see se ee EA Ge EA Ge Ke ee Ke ee ee ee ee ar E EE Trigger edge and trigger lgvel eer Long integration display HEHE eise DR tcr ettet ee een Long integration measurement procedure iis eek EERS Sk Ge eed ke ee General notes ee ee Determining correct trigger level long integration SCPI programming Command notes long integration measurements Using FAST SEARch and DET6egt eee eene trenes Programming example EO EE EE NEER ER 5 at c Rr NEM pri Connections E Controlling PEAS Mm SCPI praersrmrogmg ee esse Es Ee tentent nnnm ee ke see ke ii 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section Topic Page 6 GPIB Operaton sse 6 1 pito ethene 6 2 GPIB BUS ies ee AE nit EE ENEE EEN 6 2 Primary address see ee sae Rae AK Rae Ee ae ee ae ee ae ee ee ee 6 3 Setting the GPIB timeout
308. umber serial number and firmware revision levels of the unit OPC Operation complete Set the operation complete bit in the standard event register command after all pending commands have been executed OPC Operation complete Places an ASCII 1 into the output queue when all pending query selected device operations have been completed RCL lt NRf gt Recall command Returns the power supply to the user saved setup RST Reset command Returns the power supply to the RST default conditions SAV lt NRf gt Save command Saves the present setup as the user saved setup SRE lt NRf gt Service request enable Programs the service request enable register command SRE Service request enable Reads the service request enable register query STB Status byte query Reads the status byte register TRG 1 Trigger command Sends a battery channel 1 bus trigger to the power supply TRG2 Trigger command Sends a charger channel 2 bus trigger to the power supply TST Self test query Performs a checksum test on ROM and returns the result WAI Wait to continue Wait until all previous commands are executed command IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries IDN IDN identification query Reads identification code The identification code includes the manufacturer model number serial number and firmware revision levels as follows KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC MODEL 2308 xxxxxxx yyyyy zzzzz Where xxxxxxx is the seri
309. using a quick disconnect connector see rear panel in Figure 1 1 for connector location Use up to 14 AWG wire for the Screw terminals of the connector Once the connector is wired up plug it into the rear panel and tighten the captive retaining screws Figure 2 1 and Figure 2 2 show optimum remote 4 wire connections for device under test DUT preferred connection Figure 2 1 and fastest transient response connection Figure 2 2 2 2 Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Figure 2 1 Battery channel preferred connection maximum stability Quick Disconnect Connector 0 5A 5A i Analo Deellissedpe Outputs BmA 50mA Digitizer EH Source l ebe Source D c Sense Ki Sense Wel oW S Source I ee Source NOTE Twist source leads together and twist sense leads together for optimum performance The analog outputs provide a voltage output based on the measured current as follows 0 5 5 A Output referenced to Source 1 A V each volt out represents 1A 5 50 mA Output referenced to Source 10 mA V each volt out represents 10 mA 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 2 3 2 4 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 2 2 Battery channel fastest
310. ut voltage adjust the current to the correct value as determined from the multimeter voltage reading and characterized resistance value When setting the voltage be sure to set the compliance current to 5 A Note that it may not be possible to set the output current to the exact value Set the current to the closest possible value and modify reading limits accordingly Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual current reading is within the limits given in the table 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 12 9 Section 12 Performance Verification 12 10 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 6 After changing connections to OUTPUT 2 repeat steps 1 through 5 for Channel 2 use the 4 or p keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 12 5 5 Arange current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2308 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 1V 1 000 A 0 9978 to 1 0022 A 2V 2 000 A 1 9958 to 2 0042 A 3V 3 000A 2 9938 to 3 0062 A 4V 4 000 A 3 9918 to 4 0082 A 4 5 V 4 500 A 4 4908 to 4 5092 A Check the complete Model 2308 Specifications at www keithley com for updated current readback accuracy limits before verification As measured by digital multimeter and 1 Q resistance value 500 mA range readback accuracy NOTE When verifying the battery channel 1 make sure you connect the sourc
311. uto range are still selected 13 Send the following command to output approximately 5 mA for 5 mA full scale calibration CAL PROT STI 14 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from the voltage reading and actual 3 kO resistance value Send that current value as the parameter for the following command 15 CA L PROT STI EP19 EP20 Calculated Current For example if the current value is 4 5 mA the command would be CA L PROT ST EP20 4 5e 3 Step 4 Program calibration date Use following command to set the calibration date CAL PROT DATE lt yyyy gt mm dd Note that the year month and date must be separated by commas The allowable range for the year is from 2008 to 2107 the month is from 1 to 12 and the date is from 1 to 31 Step 5 Save calibration constants and lock out calibration Calibration is now complete so you can store the calibration constants in EEROM by sending the following command CAL PROT SAVE NOTE Calibration will be temporary unless you send the SAVE command Calibration data will not be saved if 1 calibration is locked 2 invalid data exists or 3 all steps were not completed in the proper sequence In that case the unit will revert to previous calibration constants After saving constants lock out calibration by sending CAL PROT LOCK Table 13 3 Remote calibration summary Test N
312. utomatically SENS PCUR MODE HIGH Configure to measure peak pulse SENS FUNC PCUR Select pulse current function READ Trigger 10 measurement conversions and return the average of those 10 conver sions The average of the 10 conversions is displayed on the front panel Each of the ten conversion syncs to the rising edge Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 Sets active channel charger SENS2 CURR RANG 5 Select 5 A range SOUR2 VOLT 15 Set output voltage to 15V SOUR2 CURR 0 75 Set current limit to 750 mA OUTP2 ON Turn output on SENS2 PCUR SYNC ON Enable trigger synchronization SENS2 PCUR AVER 10 Set average count to 10 SENS2 PCUR SYNC TLEV 0 1 Set trigger level to 100 mA SENS2 PCUR TIME HIGH 600e 3 Set integration high time to 600ms Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 3 Pulse Current Measurements SENS2 PCUR SYNC DEL 50e 3 3 SENS2 PCUR MODE HIGH E SENS2 FUNC PCUR v READ2 y Pulse current digitization The following command sequence Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 b ENS CURR RANG 0 5 y 15 URR 0 75 y UTP ON 3 ENS PCUR SYNC OFF b ENS PCUR AVER 3600 x ENS PCUR SYNC TLEV HUND 0 1 ENS PCUR SYNC DEL 500e 3 T ENS PCUR MODE LOW s E d o oo oo OO e n ENS PCUR TIME DIG le 4 3 SENS FUNC PCUR READ ARR 3 Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 3 ENS
313. utting voltage and current 2 14 Reading Dack y NM AE EE epe ence EI 2 16 V and display modes Single or Dua 2 16 Measurement COMMGUEAUON E 2 16 SCPI programming measure V and I and DVM input 2 17 Command notes measure V and and DVM input 2 18 Independent voltage measurements DVM sees ee ee ee ee ee ee 2 18 DYN input display ModE qm 2 18 Measurement configuration ese ees ee ee ek Re ee ee Re ee ek ke nn 2 19 GCPI programming DVM nee ceret rtt treten n 2 19 Sink operation E 2 19 Programming exemples acia tate rt teet i th dev ER Ge SS Re 2 21 Outputting and reading back V and 2 21 BUSES ID cM 2 21 Pp cg pa RE 2 22 Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Test connections WARNING When installing a unit into a test system make sure the external power sources do not apply voltage to the power supply in excess of its maximum limits see complete Specifications at www keithley com Failure to do so could result in personal injury or death The source and measurement connections are provided with overvoltage protection rated up to 500 V for 50 us Do not connect sources that produce transient voltages greater than 500 V or the protection provided by the equipment may be degraded Test connections to the power supply are made at the rear panel
314. v A July 2008 Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Section 2 Basic Power Supply Operation VPT circuitry is useful in protecting the load from a high positive voltage if one of the remote sensing leads is disconnected When in VPT mode the output is held in the Operate OFF position until an Operate ON command is received VPT will be displayed until the output is turned back on The voltage protection feature has a clamp setting which can be turned ON or OFF If ON protection voltage values below 0 volts 0 6 volts are not allowed If OFF protection voltage can go negative to the extent of the set voltage protection voltage For example If PROT 4 V and SET 6 V VPT range is from 2 V to 10 V If the SET voltage is changed to 2 V and protection clamp set to OFF the range would equal 2 V to 6 V However if protection clamp is set to ON the range would equal 0 6 V to 6 V NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table CAUTION Electrostatic Discharge ESD to the output connector pins may cause the VPT circuitry to turn the output off Use proper ESD handling precautions before making any contact with the output connector pins or wires connected to the pins To set the VPT value from the front panel Press the MENU key to access the main menu Press the A or v keys to scroll to VOLT PROTECT Press the lt or gt keys to select Channel 1 or 2
315. ve Byte 7 Byte 1 e exponent bits 11 f fraction bits 52 The Header is only sent once for each measurement conversion 0 During binary transfers never un talk the power supply until after the data is read input to the computer Also to avoid erratic operation the readings of the data string and terminator should be acquired in one piece The header 0 can be read separately before the rest of the string The number of bytes to be transferred can be calculated as follows Bytes 2 Rdgs x 4 1 for SREAL Bytes 2 Rdgs x 8 1 for DREAL where 2 is the number of bytes for the header 0 Rdgs is the number of readings to be transferred 4 or 8 is the number of bytes for each reading 1 is the byte for the terminator For example assume that the power supply is configured to trigger 10 voltage readings and send the 10 voltage measurements to the computer using the binary format Bytes 2 10 x 4 1 43 for SREAL Bytes 2 10 x 8 1 83 for DREAL FORMat BORDer lt name gt Specify binary byte order Parameters lt name gt NORMal Normal byte order for binary formats SWAPped Reverse byte order for binary formats This command is used to control the byte order for the IEEE 754 binary formats For normal byte order the data format for each element is sent as follows Byte 1 Byte2 Byte3 Byte4 Single precision Byte 1 Byte2 ss Byte 8 Double precision For reverse b
316. version is preceded by a 2 byte header that is the binary equivalent of an ASCII sign and 0 Not shown in Figure 10 1 is a byte for the terminator that is attached to the end of each data string Figure 10 1 IEEE 754 single precision data format Header Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 MEE EEN EN ELEELE EE EN EN EN MEEN EEN EN MEEN EN MEEN EN EN MEE EEN EN MEE EEN EN ET ER EE ae EE ED re ae JOE gg d 100 7 gd gd gd d d 1007 gr og og gr 10 or gr gr gr gig E E S sign bit 0 positive 1 negative e exponent bits 8 f fraction bits 23 Normal byte order shown For swapped byte order bytes sent in reverse order Header Byte 4 Byte 3 Byte 2 Byte 1 The Header is only sent once for each measurement conversion DREal selects the binary IEEE 754 double precision data format and is shown in Figure 10 2 normal byte order shown This format is similar to the single precision format except that it is 64 bits long 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 10 5 Section 10 DISPlay and FORMat Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Figure 10 2 IEEE 754 double precision data format Header Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 7 Byte 8 l I I I 40 I I l I d H 0 7 dd ol 7 EE Bytes 3 4 5 and 6 not shown Normal byte order shown For swapped byte order r T bytes sent in reverse order Header Byte 8 S sign bit 0 positive 1 negati
317. while it is searching for the pulse to start the long integration PULSE TIMEOUT can be set from 1 000 to 63 000 seconds With neither trigger edge selected pulse timeout is not used and a pulse search is not conducted Therefore the NO PULSE message is never displayed Measurements start as soon as the long integration function is selected even if no pulse is present It is the responsibility of the user to determine if a pulse was present when the measurement was made NOTE For GPIB operation 1 Use SEARch to disable the search for pulses see the SEARch command in Table 4 2 2 FAST enables a fast readings mode can be used with long integration functionality see the FAST command in Table 4 2 3 DETect may be enabled to only detect pulses between user triggered readings see the DETect command in Table 4 2 4 See Using FAST SEARch and DETect 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Return to Section Topics 4 5 Section 4 Long Integration Measurements Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual Measurement configuration 4 6 NOTE Current range is selected from the CURRENT RANGE 1 2 item of the menu Integration time trigger edge trigger level and pulse timeout are set from the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 item of the menu Details on integration time trigger edge trigger level and pulse timeout are provided in the Overview Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate t
318. www keithley com Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 KEITHLEY WARRANTY Keithley Instruments Inc warrants this product to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from date of shipment Keithley Instruments Inc warrants the following items for 90 days from the date of shipment probes cables software rechargeable batteries diskettes and documentation During the warranty period Keithley Instruments will at its option either repair or replace any product that proves to be defective To exercise this warranty write or call your local Keithley Instruments representative or contact Keithley Instruments headquarters in Cleveland Ohio You will be given prompt assistance and return instructions Send the product transportation prepaid to the indicated service facility Repairs will be made and the product returned transportation prepaid Repaired or replaced products are warranted for the balance of the original warranty period or at least 90 days LIMITATION OF WARRANTY This warranty does not apply to defects resulting from product modification without Keithley Instruments express written consent or misuse of any product or part This warranty also does not apply to fuses software non rechargeable batteries damage from battery leakage or problems arising from normal wear or failure to follow instructions
319. yte order the data format for each element is sent as follows Byte A Byte 3 Byte2 Byte 1 Single precision Byte8 Byte7 see Byte 1 Double precision The 0 header is not affected by this command The header is always sent at the beginning of the data string for each measurement conversion Return to Section Topics 2308 900 01 Rev A July 2008 Section 11 SCPI Tables In this section Topic Page SCPI command subsystems reference tables A 11 2 General notes ennt Ge ae ee Aa Re ee ee 11 2 DISPlay command Summary een KERKE SES EE GER EA KEN ae 11 3 FORMat command summary esse ss ee ee ee ke ee ek Re eee 11 4 OUTPut command SUIER ESE EEN GE SEER ERA Gee GR RA Gee ERK 11 5 SENSS command Eu uci retenti ned 11 6 SOURCES command sutmiary i esse ee RE Be De Re os De habue eR 11 13 STATus command SH Y ly csetera ta 11 14 SYSTem command summary essen enne 11 15 Section 11 SCPI Tables Model 2308 Portable Device Battery Charger Simulator User s Manual SCPI command subsystems reference tables Tables 11 1 to 11 7 summarize the commands for each SCPI subsystem The following list includes the table numbers and page numbers for each SCPI subsystem command summary Table 11 1 DISPlay cormimend surely ciencias rti ctun 11 3 Table 11 2 FORMat command SUMMAFY esse ese siese ee ee ek Ke bee KA Ke Ee ke 11 4 Table 11 3 OUTPut command SUMMER GEE Ee GE ERGE EE EENS EE Ee Pg unn 11 5 Table 11 4 SENS comman

2308-900-01 (A - Jul 2008)(User)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents